Initial commit - QBPOS Help
This commit is contained in:
176
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inv_add_group.htm
Normal file
176
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inv_add_group.htm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
|
||||
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
|
||||
<title>Add a Group Item</title>
|
||||
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="../responsive.css?v=20260110083000" type="text/css">
|
||||
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
span.hcp1 { color:#c0c0c0; }
|
||||
span.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
font.hcp3 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
img.hcp4 { border:none; }
|
||||
font.hcp5 { font-weight:bold;
|
||||
font-style:italic; }
|
||||
-->
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
<style type="text/css">
|
||||
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 13PT - V3 */
|
||||
* { font-size: 13pt !important; }
|
||||
body, body *, p, p *, li, li *, ol, ol *, ul, ul *, div, div *, span, span *, td, td *, th, th *, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, font, font * {
|
||||
font-size: 13pt !important;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Add a Group Item</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;"><a href="inv_item_groups.htm">Group Overview</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_listingitemgroup.htm">Sell a Group Item</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="inv_edit_group.htm">Edit a Group Item</a></p>
|
||||
<div>
|
||||
<p style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; text-align: right; font-size: 10pt;
|
||||
color: #800000;">Pro</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven_assembly_vs_group.htm">Should I be using an assembly item instead?</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To add and define a group item (at Headquarters only in multi-store):</p>
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Be sure all the items to be included in the group have been added to inventory individually.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Display your item list and then select <span class="hcp2">Add</span>.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Enter a descriptive name for the group in the <span class="hcp2">Item Name</span> field.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">In the <font class="hcp3"><span style="font-weight: normal;">item</span> Type</font> field, select <font class="hcp3">Group</font>.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Specify a <font class="hcp3">Department</font> (required).</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Indent">If the items included in the group come from more than one department, you may want to <a href="../qbpos_departments/dept302.htm">add a new department</a> called <font style="font-style: italic;">Groups</font>, or similar, to track and report the sale of group items.</p>
|
||||
<ol start="6">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Enter information for the group:</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List">You cannot enter quantity or cost information for a group. These values are not tracked for a group item.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List">Optionally, enter a <font class="hcp3">Regular</font> <font class="hcp3">Price</font> for the group. If you do not enter a price now, it will be auto-filled as the sum of the group item prices upon saving the group. You can edit the group price later, if needed.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List">Enter a unique <font class="hcp3">UPC</font> or <font class="hcp3">Alternate Lookup</font> for use in listing the group on receipts and other documents (the program-assigned <font class="hcp3">Item #</font> can also be used for this purpose).</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List">Enter information in other <a href="../qbpos_fields/fields02.htm">item fields</a> as appropriate to define the group.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<ol start="7">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <span class="hcp2">Save</span>. The group item is added to your item list, and the details are automatically displayed.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Click the <font class="hcp3">Group</font> button next to the item Type field.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Indent">The Group Details window displays the information entered so far on the left of the window and the grid on the right is used to add the component items to the group.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Indent"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a2">View Example <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp4"></a></p>
|
||||
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP296219470" style="display: none;">
|
||||
<p><img src="../image/inven_edit_group.gif" alt="Edit Group" width="542" height="330" border="0" class="hcp4"></p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<ol start="9">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <span class="hcp2">Edit Group</span>.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">In the <b>Scan or enter item information</b> drop-down box, scan or type item information to search for the item to add.<a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a3"><img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp4"></a>.</p>
|
||||
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP294639060" style="display: none;">
|
||||
<table style="vertical-align: top;" cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC">
|
||||
<col style="width: 100%;">
|
||||
<tr style="vertical-align: top;">
|
||||
<td style="width: 100%; padding-right: 10px; padding-left: 10px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Use any of these methods to add items to the group:</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="list-style: disc; margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><span class="hcp2">Scan</span> the bar code from the item tag.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="list-style: disc; margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><span class="hcp2">Type</span> the item's UPC, Item #, or alternate lookup value and press <font class="hcp5"><Enter> <span style="font-style: normal; font-weight: normal;"> <a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_item_identifiers.htm">Learn more about these item identifiers</a></span></font></p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="list-style: disc; margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><span class="hcp2">Search</span> by item name (beginning characters) or other item keyword. Just begin typing the name or keyword and a list of matching items is displayed. Select an item from the list by clicking  it (keyboard users, press the down arrow key to scroll, then <font class="hcp5"><Enter></font> to select). The selected item is added to the to the group with a quantity of 1.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Indent"><img src="../image/item_list_on_doc.gif" alt="item search" width="427" height="141" border="0" class="hcp4"></p>
|
||||
<ul style="list-style: square;">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List">If no matching item is found, check your spelling or the identifier you entered. Entering fewer characters will find more matches.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List">To see your entire item list, click the <img src="../image/plus_icon.gif" alt="" width="14" height="15" border="0" class="hcp4"> icon with no entry in the Add Item field. You can scroll through the list looking for the needed item.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="list-style: disc; margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List">Click <a href="inven402.htm">Add New Item</a> to Inventory if needed.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Indent" style="margin-left: 0px;"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic303.htm">Learn more about adding items to documents</a></p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Indent" style="margin-left: 0px;"> </p>
|
||||
</div></li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Specify the quantity of the component item.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Indent">By default, each item is listed with a quantity of one. Click the <span class="hcp2">Qty+</span> and <span class="hcp2">Qty-</span> button to quickly increase/decrease by one or click the <span class="hcp2">Qty</span> button to enter another number.  Quantity is the only editable field for the component items.</p>
|
||||
<ol start="12">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Repeat to add all items in the group.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Select <font class="hcp3">Save</font>.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">If no price was entered earlier, the group price automatically is set to equal the sum of the component item prices. If a price was previously entered, Point of Sale alerts you if the sum of the component item prices is different.  Select OK to set the price to the sum of the component item prices or No to stay with the existing price.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inv_add_group.htm">Return to top</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-2"><font style="font-size: 10pt;" size="2">Notes:</font></p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Only Headquarters can define group items, but all stores can sell group items (or list on other documents).</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Once defined, you can enter all the items included in a group on a sales receipt or other document by entering the group <a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_item_identifiers.htm">identifier</a> (UPC, Alternate Lookup, or Item #).</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">A group item cannot be a component of a second group. All other item types are allowed in a group.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">The component items are displayed on the group item form for reference.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="inven431.htm">Using assembly items</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="invenvoverview.htm">Inventory overview</a></p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" language="JavaScript1.2">//<![CDATA[
|
||||
if( typeof( TextPopupInit ) != 'function' ) TextPopupInit = new Function();
|
||||
TextPopupInit('a2','POPUP296219470');
|
||||
TextPopupInit('a3','POPUP294639060');
|
||||
//]]></script>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
74
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inv_edit_group.htm
Normal file
74
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inv_edit_group.htm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
|
||||
|
||||
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
|
||||
<title>Edit or Delete Group Items</title>
|
||||
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="../responsive.css?v=20260110083000" type="text/css">
|
||||
|
||||
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
span.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
font.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
-->
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
<style type="text/css">
|
||||
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 13PT - V3 */
|
||||
* { font-size: 13pt !important; }
|
||||
body, body *, p, p *, li, li *, ol, ol *, ul, ul *, div, div *, span, span *, td, td *, th, th *, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, font, font * {
|
||||
font-size: 13pt !important;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Edit or Delete Group Items</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;"><a href="inv_add_group.htm">Add a Group Item</a> <span style="color: #c0c0c0;">|</span> <a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_listingitemgroup.htm">List Group Items on Documents</a></p>
|
||||
<div>
|
||||
<p style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; text-align: right; font-size: 10pt;
|
||||
color: #800000;">Pro</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To edit the group or component items:</p>
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/navigation_find/basic_find_item.htm">Locate</a> the group item in your item list.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <span class="hcp1">Show Details</span>.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Click the <font class="hcp2">Group</font> button next to the item Type field.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <span class="hcp1">Edit Group</span> on the Group Details window.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Edit the group item information on the left side of the window or add, delete, or edit the quantity of component items in the grid on the right.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Select <font class="hcp2">Save</font>.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To delete a group item:</p>
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Text" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Highlight or display the group item in your item list.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Text" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Select <span class="hcp1">D</span><font class="hcp2">elete</font> from the I Want To menu.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">If the group item is listed on active documents, such as layaways or sales orders, you will be reminded and asked to confirm the deletion. If you answer <font class="hcp2">Yes</font>, the item will be deleted. You should delete or edit the affected documents to remove the group item.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="inv_item_groups.htm">Group Items: Overview</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="inven431.htm">Using assembly items</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="invenvoverview.htm">Inventory overview</a></p>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
65
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inv_item_groups.htm
Normal file
65
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inv_item_groups.htm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
|
||||
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
|
||||
<title>Group Items: Overview</title>
|
||||
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="../responsive.css?v=20260110083000" type="text/css">
|
||||
<style type="text/css">
|
||||
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 13PT - V3 */
|
||||
* { font-size: 13pt !important; }
|
||||
body, body *, p, p *, li, li *, ol, ol *, ul, ul *, div, div *, span, span *, td, td *, th, th *, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, font, font * {
|
||||
font-size: 13pt !important;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Group Items: Overview</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a1">How do I?<img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" style="border: none;" width="11" height="11" border="0"></a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="inven436.htm">About Item Types</a></p>
|
||||
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP249620752" style="display: none;">
|
||||
<table style="vertical-align: top;" cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC">
|
||||
<col style="width: 100%;">
|
||||
<tr style="vertical-align: top;">
|
||||
<td style="width: 100%; padding-right: 10px; padding-left: 10px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inv_add_group.htm">Add a group item to inventory</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inv_edit_group.htm">Edit or delete a group item</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_listingitemgroup.htm">List a group item on documents</a></p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<div>
|
||||
<p style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; text-align: right; font-size: 10pt;
|
||||
color: #800000;">Pro</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><font style="font-weight: bold;">Overview</font></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">A group item is not really an item at all, even though it is defined in inventory in the same manner as other items. Rather, a group item merely provides an efficient method to list all of the component items on a document by entering a single <a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_item_identifiers.htm">item identifier</a>, optionally at a discounted price. Quantities and costs are not tracked for the group item; they are tracked for the individual component items included in the group.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">The component items included in a group remain in inventory individually and can be sold individually.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">When a group is listed on a sales document, the price of each component item is proportionally adjusted so that the total equals the specified group price. The group price cannot be edited on the document, but the component item prices can be edited, if desired. The printed receipt given to the customer can include the group price, the individual item prices, or both, based on your <a href="../qbpos_company_preferences/sysprefs07.htm">company preference setting</a>.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Unlike an assembly, sales taxes are computed on each component item individually, based on the sales tax code assigned to each. Therefore, taxable and non-taxable items can be mixed in a group.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven_assembly_vs_group.htm">How else do group and assembly items differ?</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">(Multi-Store) Only Headquarters can define <a href="inv_item_groups.htm">group items</a>, but all stores can list group items on documents.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inv_add_group.htm">Add a group item to inventory</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inv_edit_group.htm">Edit or delete a group item</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_listingitemgroup.htm">List a group item on documents</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven431.htm">Using assembly items</a></p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" language="JavaScript1.2">//<![CDATA[
|
||||
if( typeof( TextPopupInit ) != 'function' ) TextPopupInit = new Function();
|
||||
TextPopupInit('a1','POPUP249620752');
|
||||
//]]></script>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
181
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inv_multivendor.htm
Normal file
181
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inv_multivendor.htm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,181 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
|
||||
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
|
||||
<title>Track Items from Multiple Vendors</title>
|
||||
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="../responsive.css?v=20260110083000" type="text/css">
|
||||
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
img.hcp1 { border:none; }
|
||||
table.hcp2 { vertical-align:top; }
|
||||
tr.hcp3 { vertical-align:top; }
|
||||
td.hcp4 { padding-right:10px;
|
||||
padding-left:10px; }
|
||||
font.hcp5 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
span.hcp6 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
font.hcp7 { font-style:italic; }
|
||||
-->
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
<style type="text/css">
|
||||
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 13PT - V3 */
|
||||
* { font-size: 13pt !important; }
|
||||
body, body *, p, p *, li, li *, ol, ol *, ul, ul *, div, div *, span, span *, td, td *, th, th *, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, font, font * {
|
||||
font-size: 13pt !important;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body><a name="642b3b9347ca42c9b00b820c00c373fa=1"></a>
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Track <span style="background-color: #008000;">Items from Multiple Vendors</span></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="invenvoverview.htm">Inventory Overview</a> <span style="color: #c0c0c0;">|</span> <a href="../qbpos_vendors/vendorsoverview.htm">Vendors Overview</a></p>
|
||||
<div>
|
||||
<p style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; text-align: right; font-size: 10pt;
|
||||
color: #800000;">Pro</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">The multi-vendor feature allows you to track and purchase an item from one primary vendor and up to four alternate vendors. Unique UPCs, Alternate Lookups, and order costs can be defined for each vendor from whom you purchase the item. This allows you to purchase the same item from any of several vendors as availability or costs change.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">All purchases of the item, regardless of vendor, are pooled in inventory once received, and are tracked with a single on-hand quantity, averaged cost, price, etc. However, the unique UPC, order costs, and alternate lookups allow you to list the item on documents using the information for any of the vendors. This feature also allows purchasing and receiving reports to be filtered by actual vendor used.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Info-Line">What would you like help with?</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a1">Define alternate vendors for an item in inventory <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp1"></a></p>
|
||||
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP248757586" style="display: none;">
|
||||
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp2">
|
||||
<col style="width: 100%;">
|
||||
<tr class="hcp3">
|
||||
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps"><a href="../qbpos_vendors/vend352.htm">Add each vendor</a> from whom you will purchase the item to your vendor list.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Add or edit the item in inventory in the normal manner, entering the first (primary) vendors name, <font class="hcp5">UPC,</font> and <font class="hcp5">Alternate Lookup</font> on the item form.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">In the More Info section, click <span class="hcp6">Alt Vend</span>.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Indent"><img src="../image/inven_altvend_button.gif" alt="Alternate Vendor" width="234" height="54" border="0" class="hcp1"></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Indent">The Vendors window is opened.</p>
|
||||
<ol start="4">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Enter information for up to four alternate vendors and then close the window.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Indent">If the alternate vendors do not have a unique <font class="hcp5">UPC</font> or <font class="hcp5">Alternate Lookup</font>, leave these fields blank.</p>
|
||||
<ol start="5" style="list-style: decimal;">
|
||||
<li>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Select <span class="hcp6">S</span><font class="hcp5">ave</font>.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Notes:</p>
|
||||
<ul style="list-style: disc;">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: 5.75pt;">If you want to print tags for an item with specific vendor information (alternate lookup value or UPC), print the tags from the purchase order or receiving voucher. When printing tags from inventory, the primary vendor's information is used. To print tags with UPC codes requires that you first customize your tag template using <a href="../qbpos_print_designer/printdesigner_oview.htm">Print Designer</a>.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: 5.75pt;">If tracking <a href="inven_uom_multiple.htm">multiple units of measure</a> for an item, enter alternate vendor information (UPC, alternate lookup, and order cost) for your default order-by unit. If no order-by unit is specified, enter information for the base unit.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a2">Make a PO or receiving voucher for multi-vendor items <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp1"></a></p>
|
||||
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP244735900" style="display: none;">
|
||||
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp2">
|
||||
<col style="width: 100%;">
|
||||
<tr class="hcp3">
|
||||
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Text" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Enter the vendor from whom you are making the purchase at the top of the PO or voucher form.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Text" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">List the item(s) to be purchased or received:</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="list-style: disc;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List">If you list an item by entering or scanning UPC or Alternate Lookups (ALU), be sure to enter or scan the correct value for the vendor from whom you are making the purchase.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="list-style: disc;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List">If you track <a href="inven_uom_multiple.htm">multiple units of measure</a> for an item being purchased, be sure to use the UPC or ALU for the default order-by unit.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List">The correct order cost for the vendor used is suggested for the item. Edit this order cost as necessary.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<ol start="3">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Text" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Complete and save the PO or voucher in the normal manner.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">If creating a voucher by referencing a PO, the specific vendor and order costs listed on the PO will be carried to the voucher automatically.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_vendors/vend360.htm">Purchase and receiving history</a> is maintained for each vendor separately.</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a3">List multi-vendor items on other documents <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp1"></a></p>
|
||||
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP244549354" style="display: none;">
|
||||
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp2">
|
||||
<col style="width: 100%;">
|
||||
<tr class="hcp3">
|
||||
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">No special procedure need be followed when listing multi-vendor items on documents other than a PO or receiving voucher. Scanning or entering the <font class="hcp5">Item #</font>, or any of the primary or alternate <font class="hcp5">UPC</font>s or <font class="hcp5">Alternate Lookups</font> for the item will list the item on the document with the correct inventory cost or price.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Sales of a multi-vendor item are not tracked separately for each alternate vendor. All sales are reported using the primary vendor you identified in inventory for the item.</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a4">Multi-vendor items on reports <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp1"></a></p>
|
||||
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP248745653" style="display: none;">
|
||||
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp2">
|
||||
<col style="width: 100%;">
|
||||
<tr class="hcp3">
|
||||
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp7">Merchandise Reports</font></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Merchandise <a href="../qbpos_reports_and_sales_charts/reportsoverview.htm">reports</a>, which draw their information from inventory, will show all of the item's quantities under your primary vendor's name. Quantities purchased from alternate vendors are not broken out separately.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp7">Purchasing Reports</font></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Purchasing, receiving, and on-order reports, which draw their information directly from purchase orders and receiving vouchers, will break out ordered quantities by alternate vendors.</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a5">Print tags for alternate vendors <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp1"></a></p>
|
||||
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP293766569" style="display: none;">
|
||||
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp2">
|
||||
<col style="width: 100%;">
|
||||
<tr class="hcp3">
|
||||
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<p>Item tags printed from inventory always include the information for your primary vendor. To print tags that include alternate vendor information, such as the alternate lookup or UPC values, print the tags from the purchase order or receiving voucher used to purchase the items from the alternate vendor.</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" language="JavaScript1.2">//<![CDATA[
|
||||
if( typeof( TextPopupInit ) != 'function' ) TextPopupInit = new Function();
|
||||
TextPopupInit('a1','POPUP248757586');
|
||||
TextPopupInit('a2','POPUP244735900');
|
||||
TextPopupInit('a3','POPUP244549354');
|
||||
TextPopupInit('a4','POPUP248745653');
|
||||
TextPopupInit('a5','POPUP293766569');
|
||||
//]]></script>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
92
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven401.htm
Normal file
92
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven401.htm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
|
||||
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Inventory">
|
||||
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
|
||||
<title>Accessing Inventory</title>
|
||||
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="../responsive.css?v=20260110083000" type="text/css">
|
||||
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
img.hcp1 { border:none; }
|
||||
td.hcp2 { padding-right:10px;
|
||||
padding-left:10px; }
|
||||
font.hcp3 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
-->
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
<style type="text/css">
|
||||
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 13PT - V3 */
|
||||
* { font-size: 13pt !important; }
|
||||
body, body *, p, p *, li, li *, ol, ol *, ul, ul *, div, div *, span, span *, td, td *, th, th *, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, font, font * {
|
||||
font-size: 13pt !important;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Accessing Inventory</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a1">How do I?<img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp1"></a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="invenvoverview.htm">Overview</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="inven402.htm">Add Items</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="inven436.htm">About Item Types</a></p>
|
||||
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP293638685" style="display: none;">
|
||||
<table style="vertical-align: top;" cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC">
|
||||
<col style="width: 52.164%;">
|
||||
<col style="width: 47.836%;">
|
||||
<tr style="vertical-align: top;">
|
||||
<td style="width:52.164%;" class="hcp2">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-size: 9pt;"><a href="inven402.htm">Add an item</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-size: 9pt;"><a href="qbpos:helppopup.11015">Import items<img src="../image/yellow_up.gif" alt="Click to display a popup topic" width="10" height="12" border="0" class="hcp1"></a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-size: 9pt;"><a href="inven404.htm">Edit an item</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven406.htm">Delete</a> or <a href="inven_mergeitems.htm">merge items</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven434.htm">User reorder points</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/navigation_find/basic_find_general.htm">Find an item</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_customizelistcolumns.htm">Add item list columns</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic262.htm">Filter the item list</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbposimp/export_datawizard.htm">Export my item list</a></p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:47.836%;" class="hcp2">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-size: 9pt;"><a href="inven435.htm">Use service items</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-size: 9pt;"><a href="inven_reminders.htm">View inventory reminders</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-size: 9pt;"><a href="inven_itemhistory.htm">View an item's history</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-size: 9pt;"><a href="inven410.htm">Track item price and cost</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-size: 9pt;"><a href="../qbpos_price_manager/pricemgroverview.htm">Use Price Manager</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-size: 9pt;"><a href="../qbpos_adjustments/memo1303.htm">Adjust cost or quantity</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-size: 9pt;"><a href="../qbpos_physical_inventory/pi_basicsteps.htm">Take a physical inventory</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-size: 9pt;"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/printing/basic_taginstructions.htm">Print price tags</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="qbpos:helppopup.22000">More...<img src="../image/yellow_up.gif" alt="Click to display a popup topic" width="10" height="12" border="0" class="hcp1"></a></p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To access inventory:</p>
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">From the Inventory menu at the POS home page, select one of the following:</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><font class="hcp3">New Item</font> to <a href="inven402.htm">add an item</a> to inventory</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><font class="hcp3">Item List</font> to <a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/navigation_find/basic_find_item.htm">locate</a>, view, and work with existing items</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><font class="hcp3">Reminders</font> to view the <a href="inven_reminders.htm">inventory reminders</a> window and view various inventory conditions that might need your attention (Basic, Pro)</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">The Inventory menu also provides selections for other inventory-related areas of the program, as applicable to you license level, such as your <a href="../qbpos_departments/deptsoverview.htm">department</a> list, inventory <a href="../qbpos_adjustments/memosoverview.htm">adjustments</a>, <a href="../qbpos_multi_store/multi_store_transfers.htm">transfers</a> between stores, <a href="../qbpos_price_manager/pricemgroverview.htm">Price Manager</a>, and <a href="../qbpos_physical_inventory/pioverview.htm">Physical Inventory</a>. Each of these related areas are covered in their own help sections.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" language="JavaScript1.2">//<![CDATA[
|
||||
if( typeof( TextPopupInit ) != 'function' ) TextPopupInit = new Function();
|
||||
TextPopupInit('a1','POPUP293638685');
|
||||
//]]></script>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
315
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven402.htm
Normal file
315
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven402.htm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,315 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
|
||||
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Inventory">
|
||||
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
|
||||
<title>Add a New Item</title>
|
||||
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="../responsive.css?v=20260110083000" type="text/css">
|
||||
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
img.hcp1 { border:none; }
|
||||
table.hcp2 { vertical-align:top; }
|
||||
tr.hcp3 { vertical-align:top; }
|
||||
td.hcp4 { padding-right:10px;
|
||||
padding-left:10px; }
|
||||
span.hcp5 { color:#0000ff; }
|
||||
span.hcp6 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
ul.hcp7 { list-style:disc; }
|
||||
li.hcp8 { list-style:none;
|
||||
display:inline; }
|
||||
font.hcp9 { font-style:italic;
|
||||
text-decoration:underline; }
|
||||
font.hcp10 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
-->
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
<style type="text/css">
|
||||
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 13PT - V3 */
|
||||
* { font-size: 13pt !important; }
|
||||
body, body *, p, p *, li, li *, ol, ol *, ul, ul *, div, div *, span, span *, td, td *, th, th *, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, font, font * {
|
||||
font-size: 13pt !important;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body><a name="642b3b9347ca42c9b00b820c00c373fa=1"></a>
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Add a New Inventory Item</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a5">How do I?<img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp1"></a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="../qbpos_getting_started/gstarted_importitems.htm">Import Items<img src="../image/yellow_up.gif" alt="Click to display a popup topic" title="Click to display a popup topic" width="10" height="12" border="0" class="hcp1"></a></p>
|
||||
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP181540403" style="display: none;">
|
||||
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp2">
|
||||
<col style="width: 52.164%;">
|
||||
<col style="width: 47.836%;">
|
||||
<tr class="hcp3">
|
||||
<td style="width:52.164%;" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-size: 9pt;"><a href="inven402.htm">Add an item</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-size: 9pt;"><a href="inven404.htm">Edit an item</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven406.htm">Delete</a> or <a href="inven_mergeitems.htm">merge items</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven434.htm">User reorder points</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/navigation_find/basic_find_general.htm">Find an item</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_customizelistcolumns.htm">Customize item list columns</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic262.htm">Filter the item list</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbposimp/export_datawizard.htm">Export my item list</a></p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:47.836%;" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-size: 9pt;"><a href="inven435.htm">Use service items</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-size: 9pt;"><a href="inven_reminders.htm">View inventory reminders</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-size: 9pt;"><a href="inven_itemhistory.htm">View an item's history</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-size: 9pt;"><a href="inven410.htm">Track item price and cost</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-size: 9pt;"><a href="../qbpos_price_manager/pricemgroverview.htm">Use Price Manager</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-size: 9pt;"><a href="../qbpos_adjustments/memo1303.htm">Adjust cost or quantity</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-size: 9pt;"><a href="../qbpos_physical_inventory/pi_basicsteps.htm">Take a physical inventory</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-size: 9pt;"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/printing/basic_taginstructions.htm">Print price tags</a></p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Use this procedure to add a new item to your inventory. You can also read specific procedures for adding <a href="inven435.htm">non-inventory</a>, <span class="hcp5"><a href="inven431.htm">assembly</a>, <a href="inv_add_group.htm">group</a>,</span> <span class="hcp5"><a href="inven407.htm">style</a></span> or <a href="inven435.htm">service</a> items.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Note"><span class="hcp6">Notes</span>:<br>
|
||||
Your ability to perform this task may be limited by security rights.<br>
|
||||
You can add a new item while making a sale or creating another document. <a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_additem_whle_making_document.htm">Learn more</a>.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To add a new inventory item:</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">* Indicates a required field.</p>
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Open your item list, and then click <span class="hcp6">Add</span> from the window toolbar.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Indent">A new item form is opened. <a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a7">View Sample <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp1"></a></p>
|
||||
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP242444637" style="display: none;">
|
||||
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp2">
|
||||
<col style="width: 100%;">
|
||||
<tr class="hcp3">
|
||||
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<p><img src="../image/inven_add_item.gif" alt="Add Item" width="541" height="331" border="0" class="hcp1"></p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<ol start="2">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Enter the * <span class="hcp6">Item Name/Item Name</span>. This is the short item description that is printed on sales receipts. The field label can be <a href="../qbpos_fields/fields_customize_field_labels.htm">customized</a>.  </p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Navigate through the sections and fields of the item form, entering information as appropriate . Following are descriptions of the most commonly used fields in each section. More detailed explanation are located in the <a href="../qbpos_fields/fields05.htm">item fields</a> topic.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Indent"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a6">Basic Info <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp1"></a></p>
|
||||
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP183523261" style="display: none;">
|
||||
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp2">
|
||||
<col style="width: 100%;">
|
||||
<tr class="hcp3">
|
||||
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<ul class="hcp7">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><span class="hcp6">*Item Type</span>: Leave set to <span class="hcp6">Inventory</span>. If you wish to add a different item type, click a link for specific instructions: <a href="inven435.htm">non-inventory</a>, <span class="hcp5"><a href="inven431.htm">assembly</a>, <a href="inv_add_group.htm">group</a>,</span> <span class="hcp5"><a href="inven407.htm">style</a></span> or <a href="inven435.htm">service</a> items.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><span class="hcp6">*Department</span>: Select the <a href="../qbpos_departments/deptsoverview.htm">department</a> to which the item belongs from the drop-down list.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><span class="hcp6">Item/Description 2</span>: Secondary, long description field used to record additional information. This field label can be <a href="../qbpos_fields/fields_customize_field_labels.htm">customized</a> to meet your needs.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><span class="hcp6">Size</span>: Enter the size for the item (if applicable). If using abbreviations, try to be consistent, e.g., Sm, Md. and Lg for example. Consistent entries will make filtering and finding items in inventory and on reports easier.  This field can also be used to describe a second item attribute other than size if desired. This field label can be <a href="../qbpos_fields/fields_customize_field_labels.htm">customized</a>.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="hcp8">
|
||||
<ul class="hcp7">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List">(Pro) To add a line of related items differing only by size/attribute, click the <span class="hcp6">Style</span> button to enter the size and attribute combinations.  <a href="inven407.htm">Learn more</a>.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><span class="hcp6">Attribute</span>: Use to describe an item characteristic, such as the color, pattern, material, or a second size.  This field label can be <a href="../qbpos_fields/fields_customize_field_labels.htm">customized</a>.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><span class="hcp6">Reg Price</span>: Enter your regular sale price or leave blank and let Point of Sale use a department <a href="inven_priceformula.htm">pricing formula</a> to calculate it for you.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="hcp8">
|
||||
<ul class="hcp7">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List">Click the <span class="hcp6">Pricing</span> button for <a href="inven410.htm">additional price fields</a>.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><span class="hcp6">Avg Unit Cost</span>: Enter a value if this is an <font class="hcp9">existing</font> item in your store on program startup or if you know the cost for a newly ordered item. If you leave this field blank, Point of Sale will auto-fill it with the cost when the item is received on a receiving voucher and maintain it by averaging the item cost over time. <a href="inven_avgunitcost.htm">Learn more</a></p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><span class="hcp6">On-Hand Qty</span>: Enter a value if this is an <font class="hcp9">existing</font> inventory item in your store on program startup. If you are defining a new item that you will be ordering, leave this field blank for now and Point of Sale will auto-fill it when you receive the item on a receiving voucher. <a href="../qbpos_getting_started/gstarted04.htm">Learn more</a></p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="hcp8">
|
||||
<ul class="hcp7">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List">(Pro HQ) Click the <span class="hcp6">Available</span> button to enter existing on-hand quantities at other stores.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><span class="hcp6">Tax</span>: Review the tax field and select a <a href="../qbpos_glossary_of_terms/glossarypage.htm#glossary_taxcode">tax code</a> if necessary.  If you defined a default  tax code in the associated department record it will be suggested for the item.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><span class="hcp6">UPC</span>: Scan or type the <font class="hcp10">UPC</font> code. Learn more about these <a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_item_identifiers.htm">item identifiers</a>.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><span class="hcp6">Quick Pick Group</span>: If you've defined Quick Pick Groups in your inventory preferences, you can assign an item to one of those groups to use with the <a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_quickpick_Item.htm">Quick Pick Item</a> feature on sales receipts and receiving vouchers.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Indent"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a3">More Info <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp1"></a></p>
|
||||
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP182983570" style="display: none;">
|
||||
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp2">
|
||||
<col style="width: 100%;">
|
||||
<tr class="hcp3">
|
||||
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<ul class="hcp7">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><span class="hcp6">Vendor</span>. Select the primary vendor from which you order this item.  (Pro) Click the <span class="hcp6">Alt Vend</span> button to add <a href="inv_multivendor.htm">alternate vendors</a> and their order costs.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><span class="hcp6">Order Cost</span>. Enter an order cost, if known, for your primary vendor. This is what you currently pay your vendor for one unit of the item.  <a href="inven_ordercost.htm">Learn more</a>.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><font class="hcp10">Reorder Point</font>. Enter a quantity if you want Point of Sale to remind you when it is time to order more of the item.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="hcp8">
|
||||
<ul class="hcp7">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List">(Pro HQ) Click the <span class="hcp6">View All</span> button to enter/view reorder points for each store individually.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><span class="hcp6">*Item Number</span>. Suggested by the system, but can be edited.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><span class="hcp6">Alternate Lookup</span>. Enter an alternate lookup value that can be used to quickly add the item to documents. Learn more about these <a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_item_identifiers.htm">item identifiers</a>.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><span class="hcp6">Base Unit</span>. When using multiple units of measure, the smallest quantity by which an item is sold or purchased. <a href="inven_uom_multiple.htm">Learn more</a>.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="hcp8">
|
||||
<ul class="hcp7">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List">(Pro) Click the Units button to add additional <a href="inven_uom_managemultiple.htm">units of measure</a>.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><span class="hcp6">Manufacturer</span>. Enter the item manufacturer. This name can be used to search for an item or to filter reports.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Indent"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a1">Comments <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp1"></a></p>
|
||||
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP243080400" style="display: none;">
|
||||
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp2">
|
||||
<col style="width: 100%;">
|
||||
<tr class="hcp3">
|
||||
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<ul class="hcp7">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Use this free-form text <span class="hcp6">Comments</span> field to enter any pertinent item information not covered by another item field.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Indent"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a4">Misc and Shipping <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp1"></a></p>
|
||||
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP243979094" style="display: none;">
|
||||
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp2">
|
||||
<col style="width: 100%;">
|
||||
<tr class="hcp3">
|
||||
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<ul class="hcp7">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><font class="hcp10">Print Tags</font> Select to include this item when printing tags. For items that you do not tag, clear the check box. This will help prevent inadvertently printing the tags when the item is included on a document or in a list for which you are printing tags.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><span class="hcp6">Add to Mobile</span> Select to include this item to display on your mobile device.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><font class="hcp10">Unorderable</font> select to have the items <a href="../qbpos_glossary_of_terms/glossarypage.htm#glossary_reorderpoint">reorder point</a> temporarily ignored and  alerted if the item is added to a purchase order or receiving voucher. This option can be used to remove seasonal or discontinued merchandise from your reorder <a href="../qbpos_glossary_of_terms/glossarypage.htm#glossary_reminders">reminders</a> and reports.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><span class="hcp6">Use Serial #</span>  (Pro) Select to be prompted to enter serial numbers when this item is listed on a document. <a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_serial_number.htm">Learn more</a></p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><span class="hcp6">Earn Commission</span>    (Pro) Select to include sales of this item when calculating commissions for your associates. <a href="../qbpos_secadmin/secadmin_commissions.htm">Learn more</a></p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><span class="hcp6">Shipping Weight, Height, Length, Width</span>  (Pro) Enter shipping specifications to use when shipping the item.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Indent"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a2">QuickBooks Desktop Options <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp1"></a></p>
|
||||
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP180931175" style="display: none;">
|
||||
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp2">
|
||||
<col style="width: 100%;">
|
||||
<tr class="hcp3">
|
||||
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><span class="hcp6">Define QuickBooks Item Account Information</span></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Available only if integrated with QuickBooks financial software. You can customize the way item transactions are sent to QuickBooks by specifying QuickBooks accounts here.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">By default, the item accounts are auto-filled using the default item accounts specified in company preferences, but you can change them on an item basis on this window. <a href="../qbpos_qb_data_exchange/financialexchange_itemaccounts.htm">Learn more</a>.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Indent"> </p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<ol start="5">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">To add the item to your Mobile device, click the <span class="hcp6">Sync to Mobile</span> box in the <span class="hcp6">Misc and Shipping</span> section.<br>
|
||||
OR<br>
|
||||
Click the <span class="hcp6">Mobile</span> box next to the Item # on the <span class="hcp6">Item List</span>.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps"><font class="hcp10"><span style="font-weight: normal;">Click</span> Save</font>.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="inven405.htm">Copy one item to add another</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="inven_itempics.htm">Add pictures to an item</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="inven_uom_managemultiple.htm">Define multiple units of measure</a></p>
|
||||
<div style="width: 100%; position: relative;" id="footer">
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Note" style="background-color: #f5f5f5;"><img src="../image/lightningbolt_shg.gif" alt="This symbol indicates that an Internet connection is required." title="This symbol indicates that an Internet connection is required." width="9" height="15" border="0" class="hcp1">  Additional online resources. Internet connection required.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a title="POS User Community Web Site - opens in new browser window" href="http://www.qbinproduct.com/community/help/pos" target="_blank">Point of Sale User Community</a> Connect with other Point of Sale users and experts to ask questions and share advice.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a title="POS Support Web Site - opens in a new browser window" href="http://www.quickbooks.com/support" target="_blank">Point of Sale Support Web Site</a> Search our Knowledge Base of frequently asked questions, learn about available updates, or research other support options.</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" language="JavaScript1.2">//<![CDATA[
|
||||
if( typeof( TextPopupInit ) != 'function' ) TextPopupInit = new Function();
|
||||
TextPopupInit('a5','POPUP181540403');
|
||||
TextPopupInit('a7','POPUP242444637');
|
||||
TextPopupInit('a6','POPUP183523261');
|
||||
TextPopupInit('a3','POPUP182983570');
|
||||
TextPopupInit('a1','POPUP243080400');
|
||||
TextPopupInit('a4','POPUP243979094');
|
||||
TextPopupInit('a2','POPUP180931175');
|
||||
//]]></script>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
222
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven403.htm
Normal file
222
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven403.htm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,222 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
|
||||
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Inventory">
|
||||
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
|
||||
<title>Define Inventory</title>
|
||||
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="../responsive.css?v=20260110083000" type="text/css">
|
||||
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
img.hcp1 { border:none; }
|
||||
tr.hcp2 { vertical-align:top; }
|
||||
td.hcp3 { padding-right:10px;
|
||||
padding-left:10px; }
|
||||
td.hcp4 { padding-left:1px;
|
||||
padding-top:1px;
|
||||
padding-right:1px;
|
||||
padding-bottom:1px; }
|
||||
font.hcp5 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
td.hcp6 { padding-left:1px;
|
||||
padding-top:1px;
|
||||
padding-right:1px;
|
||||
padding-bottom:1px;
|
||||
background-color:Transparent; }
|
||||
span.hcp7 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
-->
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
<style type="text/css">
|
||||
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 13PT - V3 */
|
||||
* { font-size: 13pt !important; }
|
||||
body, body *, p, p *, li, li *, ol, ol *, ul, ul *, div, div *, span, span *, td, td *, th, th *, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, font, font * {
|
||||
font-size: 13pt !important;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Define Inventory</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a1">How do I?<img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp1"></a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="invenvoverview.htm">Inventory Overview</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="inven402.htm">Add Items</a></p>
|
||||
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP248803505" style="display: none;">
|
||||
<table style="vertical-align: top;" cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC">
|
||||
<col style="width: 52.164%;">
|
||||
<col style="width: 47.836%;">
|
||||
<tr class="hcp2">
|
||||
<td style="width:52.164%;" class="hcp3">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-size: 9pt;"><a href="qbpos:helppopup.11015">Import items<img src="../image/yellow_up.gif" alt="Click to display a popup topic" width="10" height="12" border="0" class="hcp1"></a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-size: 9pt;"><a href="inven404.htm">Edit an item</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven406.htm">Delete</a> or <a href="inven_mergeitems.htm">merge items</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven434.htm">Use reorder points</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/navigation_find/basic_find_general.htm">Find an item</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_customizelistcolumns.htm">Add item list columns</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic262.htm">Filter the item list</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/printing/basic_taginstructions.htm">Print price tags</a></p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:47.836%;" class="hcp3">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-size: 9pt;"><a href="inven435.htm">Use service items</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-size: 9pt;"><a href="inven_reminders.htm">View inventory reminders</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-size: 9pt;"><a href="inven_itemhistory.htm">View an item's history</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-size: 9pt;"><a href="inven410.htm">Track item price and cost</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-size: 9pt;"><a href="../qbpos_price_manager/pricemgroverview.htm">Use Price Manager</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-size: 9pt;"><a href="../qbpos_adjustments/memo1303.htm">Adjust cost or quantity</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-size: 9pt;"><a href="../qbpos_physical_inventory/pi_basicsteps.htm">Take a physical inventory</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-size: 9pt;"><a href="../qbposimp/export_datawizard.htm">Export my item list</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="qbpos:helppopup.22000">More...<img src="../image/yellow_up.gif" alt="Click to display a popup topic" width="10" height="12" border="0" class="hcp1"></a></p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Although many data fields are available in inventory, the following fields are the basic fields used to define an item:</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
<table style="margin-left: 2.25pt;" cellspacing="0" width="366">
|
||||
<tr class="hcp2">
|
||||
<td style="width:36.07%;" bgcolor="#E6E6E6" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp5">Field</font></p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:63.93%;" bgcolor="#E6E6E6" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp5">Description</font></p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="hcp2">
|
||||
<td style="width:36.07%;" class="hcp6">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp5">Item Type</font></p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:63.93%;" class="hcp6">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">What <a href="inven436.htm">type of item</a> is this? Required.</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="hcp2">
|
||||
<td style="width:36.07%;" class="hcp6">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp5">Department</font></p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:63.93%;" class="hcp6">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">The department to which the item belongs. Required. <a href="../qbpos_departments/deptsoverview.htm">Learn more about departments</a>.</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="hcp2">
|
||||
<td style="width:36.07%;" class="hcp6">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp5">Vendor</font></p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:63.93%;" class="hcp6">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">The vendor from whom you purchase the item.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">(Pro) You can associate an item with one primary vendor and up to four <a href="inv_multivendor.htm">alternate vendors</a>.</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="hcp2">
|
||||
<td style="width:36.07%;" class="hcp6">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp5">Item Name*</font></p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:63.93%;" class="hcp6">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">The principal short description of the item. Printed on sales receipts. Required.</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="hcp2">
|
||||
<td style="width:36.07%;" class="hcp6">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">Item Description*</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:63.93%;" class="hcp6">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Secondary, long description of the item. Optional .</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="hcp2">
|
||||
<td style="width:36.07%;" class="hcp6">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp5">Attribute*</font></p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:63.93%;" class="hcp6">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">A field used to describe an item characteristic, typically a color, pattern, a second size, etc.</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="hcp2">
|
||||
<td style="width:36.07%;" class="hcp6">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp5">Size*</font></p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:63.93%;" class="hcp6">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">The size or any other characteristic of an item (the field is labeled <font class="hcp5">Size</font> but is essentially another <font class="hcp5">Attribute</font> field.</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="hcp2">
|
||||
<td style="width:36.07%;" class="hcp6">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp5">Item No.</font></p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:63.93%;" class="hcp6">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Suggested by Point of Sale but can be edited. Note that item numbers greater than 99,999 may cause scanning problems on tags printed within Point of Sale due to the resulting bar code size.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Suggested item number sequence can be reset via a <a href="../qbpos_company_preferences/companyprefs_inventory.htm">company preference</a>.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">(Pro) <a href="../qbpos_print_designer/printdesigner_oview.htm">Can I customize the tag layout to avoid problems?</a></p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="hcp2">
|
||||
<td style="width:36.07%;" class="hcp6">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp5">UPC</font></p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:63.93%;" class="hcp6">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Universal product code. May be printed as a bar code on tagged merchandise received from your vendor. Enter or scan the UPC value into the <font class="hcp5">UPC</font> field in inventory so that the item can be added to documents by scanning.</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="hcp2">
|
||||
<td style="width:36.07%;" class="hcp6">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp5">Order Cost</font></p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:63.93%;" class="hcp6">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">The cost you currently pay your vendor for the item. <a href="inven_ordercost.htm">Learn more</a>.</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="hcp2">
|
||||
<td style="width:36.07%;" class="hcp6">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp5">Avg Unit Cost</font></p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:63.93%;" class="hcp6">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Calculated average cost per unit of an item. Enter this value when adding pre-existing items to inventory during program startup; after that Point of Sale will calculate this value as you buy and sell the item. <a href="inven_avgunitcost.htm">Learn more</a>.</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="hcp2">
|
||||
<td style="width:36.07%;" class="hcp6">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp5">Reg Price</font></p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:63.93%;" class="hcp6">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Your everyday, regular price. Enter a price or, on new items, leave blank and let Point of Sale calculate prices based on department margin and cost. <a href="inven_priceformula.htm">Learn more</a>.</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="hcp2">
|
||||
<td style="width:36.07%;" class="hcp6">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp5">On-Hand Qty</font></p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:63.93%;" class="hcp6">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Enter only for items already existing in your store. Receiving vouchers will add the quantity for new items being ordered.</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="../qbpos_fields/fields02.htm">View all item field descriptions</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-2">* Customizing Item Description Field Labels</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">The default labels of the four item description fields, <span class="hcp7">Item Name</span>, <span class="hcp7">Item Description</span>, <font class="hcp5">Size</font>, and <font class="hcp5">Attribute</font>, can be changed to better reflect the type of merchandise you sell. The labels you assign will be displayed throughout the program and on printed documents and tags. Throughout this help system, we refer to them by their default labels. <a href="../qbpos_fields/fields_customize_field_labels.htm">How do I change the labels?</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">If you upgraded from a previous version of Point of Sale, your item description field labels are retained from that version.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Each item must be unique. Point of Sale will not allow you to create two or more items with the same entries in the <font class="hcp5">Department</font>, <span class="hcp7">Item Name</span>, <font class="hcp5">Size</font>, and <font class="hcp5">Attribute</font> fields (it is not sufficient to record unique data in the <font class="hcp5">Vendor</font>, <font class="hcp5">Item Description</font>, or another inventory field). <a href="inv_multivendor.htm">Pro: What if I get the same item from multiple vendors?</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Note"><span class="hcp7">Note</span>: It is recommended that you manually enter an items average unit cost or on-hand quantity only when adding existing items during program startup. Receiving vouchers will add both the quantities and costs to inventory on all ordered/received items. <a href="../qbpos_getting_started/gstarted04.htm">Learn more</a>.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Smart Abbreviations</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">To more easily locate merchandise in inventory or filter items for reports, you should establish standard abbreviations for sizes and attributes and be consistent in their usage.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">For example, you could use either "Wht" or "White" for white, but you should not use both. "Wht" and "White" will be treated as two different attributes on reports. However, their usage is not case sensitive, so "WHT," "wht," and "Wht" will all be treated as the same attribute.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Using Custom Item Fields (Pro)</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Point of Sale provides you the ability to create and use custom item fields. Once defined, the custom fields can be displayed and used to filter lists and reports, and can be added to your printed documents using <a href="../qbpos_print_designer/printdesigner_oview.htm">Print Designer</a>.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">For example, you may wish to track the vendors catalog number for your items, or you may need to record and print an item part number on your purchase orders. You can easily name custom fields whatever you want and begin using them for these purposes. <a href="../qbpos_fields/fields_custom.htm">How do I?</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="inven403.htm">Return to top</a></p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" language="JavaScript1.2">//<![CDATA[
|
||||
if( typeof( TextPopupInit ) != 'function' ) TextPopupInit = new Function();
|
||||
TextPopupInit('a1','POPUP248803505');
|
||||
//]]></script>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
124
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven404.htm
Normal file
124
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven404.htm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
|
||||
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Inventory">
|
||||
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
|
||||
<title>Edit an Inventory Item</title>
|
||||
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="../responsive.css?v=20260110083000" type="text/css">
|
||||
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
img.hcp1 { border:none; }
|
||||
td.hcp2 { padding-right:10px;
|
||||
padding-left:10px; }
|
||||
span.hcp3 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
font.hcp4 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
-->
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
<style type="text/css">
|
||||
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 13PT - V3 */
|
||||
* { font-size: 13pt !important; }
|
||||
body, body *, p, p *, li, li *, ol, ol *, ul, ul *, div, div *, span, span *, td, td *, th, th *, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, font, font * {
|
||||
font-size: 13pt !important;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Edit an Inventory Item</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a1">How do I?<img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp1"></a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="invenvoverview.htm">Overview</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="inven406.htm">Delete an Item</a> <span style="color: #c0c0c0;">|</span> <a href="inven402.htm">Add an Item</a></p>
|
||||
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP292341547" style="display: none;">
|
||||
<table style="vertical-align: top;" cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC">
|
||||
<col style="width: 52.164%;">
|
||||
<col style="width: 47.836%;">
|
||||
<tr style="vertical-align: top;">
|
||||
<td style="width:52.164%;" class="hcp2">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-size: 9pt;"><a href="inven402.htm">Add an item</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-size: 9pt;"><a href="../qbpos_getting_started/gstarted_importitems.htm">Import items<img src="../image/yellow_up.gif" alt="Click to display a popup topic" width="10" height="12" border="0" class="hcp1"></a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven406.htm">Delete</a> or <a href="inven_mergeitems.htm">merge items</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven434.htm">User reorder points</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/navigation_find/basic_find_general.htm">Find an item</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_customizelistcolumns.htm">Add item list columns</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic262.htm">Filter the item list</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbposimp/export_datawizard.htm">Export my item list</a></p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:47.836%;" class="hcp2">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-size: 9pt;"><a href="inven435.htm">Use service items</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-size: 9pt;"><a href="inven_reminders.htm">View inventory reminders</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-size: 9pt;"><a href="inven_itemhistory.htm">View an item's history</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-size: 9pt;"><a href="inven410.htm">Track item price and cost</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-size: 9pt;"><a href="../qbpos_price_manager/pricemgroverview.htm">Use Price Manager</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-size: 9pt;"><a href="../qbpos_adjustments/memo1303.htm">Adjust cost or quantity</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-size: 9pt;"><a href="../qbpos_physical_inventory/pi_basicsteps.htm">Take a physical inventory</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-size: 9pt;"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/printing/basic_taginstructions.htm">Print price tags</a></p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<div>
|
||||
<p style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; text-align: right; font-size: 10pt;
|
||||
color: #800000;">Pro</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">This is the general procedure for editing most inventory items.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">(Pro) See the related topic links below for special instructions when editing assembly, group, or style items.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To edit an inventory item:</p>
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Highlight an item in your item list.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <span class="hcp3">E</span><font class="hcp4">dit</font> from the window tool bar.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Indent">The item is opened in a editable form.</p>
|
||||
<ol start="3">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Make necessary edits.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List">Refer to the <a href="../qbpos_fields/fields02.htm">item information fields</a> table for assistance with specific fields.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List">If you edit the item average unit cost or on-hand quantity, Point of Sale creates adjustment memos to update your inventory value. If integrated with QuickBooks Desktop financial software, these memos are sent with the next Financial Exchange. <a href="../qbpos_getting_started/gstarted04.htm">Learn more</a> about inventory adjustments.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<ol start="4">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Select <span class="hcp3">S</span><font class="hcp4">ave</font>.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Pro Note:</p>
|
||||
<ul style="list-style: disc;">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">If using <a href="inven_uom_multiple.htm">multiple units of measure</a>, average unit cost and on-hand quantity are editable only for your base unit.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_list_edit_mode.htm">Making edits directly in your item list</a></p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="inven_itemhistory.htm">View an item's history</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven433.htm">Edit an assembly item</a> or a <a href="inv_edit_group.htm">group item</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="inven408.htm">Edit a style</a></p>
|
||||
<div style="width: 100%; position: relative;" id="footer">
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Note" style="background-color: #f5f5f5;"><img src="../image/lightningbolt_shg.gif" alt="This symbol indicates that an Internet connection is required." title="This symbol indicates that an Internet connection is required." width="9" height="15" border="0" class="hcp1">  Additional online resources. Internet connection required.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a title="POS User Community Web Site - opens in new browser window" href="http://www.qbinproduct.com/community/help/pos" target="_blank">Point of Sale User Community</a> Connect with other Point of Sale users and experts to ask questions and share advice.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a title="POS Support Web Site - opens in a new browser window" href="http://www.quickbooks.com/support" target="_blank">Point of Sale Support Web Site</a> Search our Knowledge Base of frequently asked questions, learn about available updates, or research other support options.</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" language="JavaScript1.2">//<![CDATA[
|
||||
if( typeof( TextPopupInit ) != 'function' ) TextPopupInit = new Function();
|
||||
TextPopupInit('a1','POPUP292341547');
|
||||
//]]></script>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
64
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven405.htm
Normal file
64
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven405.htm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
|
||||
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Inventory">
|
||||
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
|
||||
<title>Copy an Item</title>
|
||||
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="../responsive.css?v=20260110083000" type="text/css">
|
||||
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
font.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
-->
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
<style type="text/css">
|
||||
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 13PT - V3 */
|
||||
* { font-size: 13pt !important; }
|
||||
body, body *, p, p *, li, li *, ol, ol *, ul, ul *, div, div *, span, span *, td, td *, th, th *, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, font, font * {
|
||||
font-size: 13pt !important;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Copy an Item</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="invenvoverview.htm">Inventory Overview</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="inven436.htm">About Item Types</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Sometimes the quickest way to create a new item in inventory is to copy an existing similar item.</p>
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">In your item list, select the item you want to copy.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">From the I Want To menu, select <font class="hcp1">Copy</font>.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Indent">Information from the copied item record is pasted into a new item record.</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List">The following fields are not copied to the new item: <font class="hcp1">On-Hand</font> <font class="hcp1">Qty</font>, <font class="hcp1">UPC</font>, <font class="hcp1">Alternate Lookup</font>, and the <font class="hcp1">Unorderable</font> flag.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List">The <font class="hcp1">Order Cost</font> (unless zero) from the copied item is populated to the <font class="hcp1">Average Unit Cost</font> of the new item. The order cost of the new item is reset to zero. (Pro) If you have alternate vendors with different order costs, those values are left unchanged.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<ol start="3">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Enter new values into these fields and <a href="inven404.htm">edit</a> other <a href="../qbpos_fields/fields02.htm">item fields</a>, as appropriate for the new item. At lest one of <font class="hcp1">Department</font>, <font class="hcp1">Description</font> <font class="hcp1">1</font>, <font class="hcp1">Attribute</font>, or <font class="hcp1">Size</font> must be changed to avoid creating a duplicate item.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <span style="font-weight: bold;">S</span><font class="hcp1">ave</font>.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="../qbpos_getting_started/gstarted04.htm">About item cost and quantity</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="invenvoverview.htm">Inventory overview</a></p>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
72
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven406.htm
Normal file
72
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven406.htm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
|
||||
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Inventory">
|
||||
|
||||
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
|
||||
<title>Delete an Item</title>
|
||||
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="../responsive.css?v=20260110083000" type="text/css">
|
||||
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
img.hcp1 { border:none; }
|
||||
span.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
font.hcp3 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
-->
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
<style type="text/css">
|
||||
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 13PT - V3 */
|
||||
* { font-size: 13pt !important; }
|
||||
body, body *, p, p *, li, li *, ol, ol *, ul, ul *, div, div *, span, span *, td, td *, th, th *, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, font, font * {
|
||||
font-size: 13pt !important;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-1">Delete an Item</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/navigation_find/basic_find_item.htm">Find an Item</a> <span style="color: #c0c0c0;">|</span> <a href="inven_mergeitems.htm">Merge Items</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="inven404.htm">Edit Items</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="inven409.htm">Delete Style Items</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="help-text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Inventory items can be deleted when you no longer need them, with some restrictions. Deleting an item does not affect the ability to see the item on saved documents or on reports based on history documents.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To delete items:</p>
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Select the item or items to be deleted from your item list.  <a href="javascript:void(0);" id="a2" onmouseover="if (parseInt(navigator.appVersion) >= 4 && typeof(BSPSPopupOnMouseOver) == 'function') BSPSPopupOnMouseOver(event);" class="BSSCPopup" onclick="BSSCPopup('../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_list_multiselect.htm.htm');return false;">How do I select multiple records?<img src="../image/yellow_up.gif" alt="Click to display a popup topic" title="Click to display a popup topic" width="10" height="12" border="0" class="hcp1"></a></p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">From the I Want To menu, select <span class="hcp2">D</span><font class="hcp3">elete</font>.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Indent">The Delete Items window is displayed, showing the status of the selected items and whether deletion is possible. <a href="javascript:void(0);" id="a3" onmouseover="if (parseInt(navigator.appVersion) >= 4 && typeof(BSPSPopupOnMouseOver) == 'function') BSPSPopupOnMouseOver(event);" class="BSSCPopup" onclick="BSSCPopup('inven_deleteitemswindow.htm');return false;">Tell me more.<img src="../image/yellow_up.gif" alt="Click to display a popup topic" title="Click to display a popup topic" width="10" height="12" border="0" class="hcp1"></a></p>
|
||||
<ol start="3">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Select <span class="hcp2">D</span><font class="hcp3">elete</font> to delete the eligible item(s) or <span class="hcp2">C</span><font class="hcp3">ancel</font> to return to your item records.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">If prompted, confirm the deletion.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">If you choose to delete an item that has an on-hand quantity, Point of Sale creates an adjustment memo to adjust your inventory value. If you delete items that are listed on an open order, you should edit the order document to remove the items.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="javascript:void(0);" id="a1" onmouseover="if (parseInt(navigator.appVersion) >= 4 && typeof(BSPSPopupOnMouseOver) == 'function') BSPSPopupOnMouseOver(event);" class="BSSCPopup" onclick="BSSCPopup('inven_delitemsaddedback.htm');return false;">Note: Deleted item added back to inventory if document listing it is reversed<img src="../image/yellow_up.gif" alt="Click to display a popup topic" title="Click to display a popup topic" width="10" height="12" border="0" class="hcp1"></a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">If you are deleting an item because you have inadvertently created a duplicate of the same item, consider <a href="inven_mergeitems.htm">merging</a> the items instead, as this will combine the two item histories into one record and remove the other.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;"><a href="../qbpos_data_protection/companydata_cleanup.htm">Clean up your company data</a></p>
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" language="JavaScript1.2">
|
||||
//<![CDATA[
|
||||
if( typeof( FilePopupInit ) != 'function' ) FilePopupInit = new Function();
|
||||
FilePopupInit('a2');
|
||||
FilePopupInit('a3');
|
||||
FilePopupInit('a1');
|
||||
//]]>
|
||||
</script>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
117
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven407.htm
Normal file
117
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven407.htm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
|
||||
|
||||
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Inventory">
|
||||
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
|
||||
<title>Add a New Style</title>
|
||||
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="../responsive.css?v=20260110083000" type="text/css">
|
||||
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
span.hcp1 { color:#c0c0c0; }
|
||||
img.hcp2 { border:none; }
|
||||
span.hcp3 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
font.hcp4 { font-weight:bold;
|
||||
font-style:italic; }
|
||||
font.hcp5 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
font.hcp6 { font-style:italic; }
|
||||
-->
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
<style type="text/css">
|
||||
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 13PT - V3 */
|
||||
* { font-size: 13pt !important; }
|
||||
body, body *, p, p *, li, li *, ol, ol *, ul, ul *, div, div *, span, span *, td, td *, th, th *, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, font, font * {
|
||||
font-size: 13pt !important;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Add a New Style</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven_style_oview.htm">Item Style Overview</a> <span class="hcp1">| <a href="inven428.htm">Style Templates</a></span> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="inven408.htm">Edit a Style</a></p>
|
||||
<div>
|
||||
<p style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; text-align: right; font-size: 10pt;
|
||||
color: #800000;">Pro</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Use this procedure to add a group of items to inventory as a style.  <a href="qbpos:helppopup.116">What is a style?<img src="../image/yellow_up.gif" alt="Click to display a popup topic" title="Click to display a popup topic" width="10" height="12" border="0" class="hcp2"></a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Note"><span class="hcp3">Note</span>: The availability of the style feature can be controlled by your <a href="../qbpos_company_preferences/sysprefs04.htm">Features to Use preference</a> settings.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To add a new style:</p>
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Display your item list and select <span class="hcp3">Add</span>.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Indent">A blank Add Item form is displayed.</p>
|
||||
<ol start="3">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Enter the <span class="hcp3">Item Name</span>, <span class="hcp3">Item Type</span> (typically Inventory), and <span class="hcp3">Department</span>. These values must be the same for all members of a style.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Click the <span class="hcp3">Style</span> button.   <img src="../image/inven_stylebutton.gif" alt="Style Button" title="Style Button" width="178" height="42" align="right" border="0" class="hcp2"></p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Indent">The <a href="inven_stylewindow.htm">Style window</a> is displayed.</p>
|
||||
<ol start="5">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Enter information that is common to all items in the style in the <a href="../qbpos_fields/fields02.htm">item fields</a> in the upper section of the window.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Indent"><font class="hcp4">Important:</font> Enter only information that is common to ALL items in the style. If the style items differ in cost or price, leave these fields blank. Point of Sale will auto-fill these fields when you make receiving vouchers to receive the items from your vendor or you can edit the fields later for individual items.</p>
|
||||
<ol start="6">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">In the bottom section, choose a predefined <a href="../qbpos_glossary_of_terms/glossarypage.htm#glossary_styletemplate">template</a> from the drop-down list in the <font class="hcp5">Select a Style</font> <font class="hcp5">Template</font> field to apply it to the new style.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Indent"><font class="hcp5">OR</font></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Indent">Select <font class="hcp5">Add New</font> from the template drop-down list to define a <a href="inven428.htm">new style template</a> and then apply it to the style.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Indent"><font class="hcp5">OR</font></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Indent">Add style sizes and attributes directly on the style grid in the lower pane, using these guidelines:</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List">Click the <span class="hcp3">Click to add</span> labels on the horizontal and/or vertical axes and enter the various sizes and attributes included in the style. Note: <font class="hcp6">The axes labels will reflect your</font> <a href="../qbpos_fields/fields_customize_field_labels.htm">custom item description labels</a><font class="hcp6">.</font></p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List">Right-click a column or row header to access a popup menu with additional options for rearranging the order, deleting, or adjusting widths of columns. You can also select to turn on/off the grid totals or to save the grid as a new template from this menu.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<ol start="7">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Enter a <font class="hcp6">0</font> (zero) in each grid cell corresponding to the items you are or will be carrying in the style.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Indent"><img src="../image/stylegrid_new.gif" alt="Add Style" title="Add Style" width="296" height="120" border="0" class="hcp2"></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Indent">This creates a line in your item list for those items. When you first receive the new items on a receiving voucher, Point of Sale will add the received quantities. Leave a cell blank if you do not plan to carry a particular size/attribute combination.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Indent"><font class="hcp5">Note</font>: If the style items are already physically in the store and not being received on a voucher, you can enter the actual on-hand quantities instead of zeroes.</p>
|
||||
<ol start="8">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Select <font class="hcp5">Save</font>.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Edit individual style items, as necessary, to reflect unique UPCs, costs, prices, etc. There are two efficient ways to do this:</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List">Select a cell in the style grid corresponding to an item you want to edit and press <font class="hcp4"><F5></font>  (or right-click and select <font class="hcp5">Edit Item Details</font>). Make changes in the Item Information window and then select <span class="hcp3">OK</span>.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List">Display the style in your item list and use <a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_list_edit_mode.htm">list edit mode</a> to make necessary changes.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="inven407.htm">Return to top</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven_itempics.htm">Add pictures to a style</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven427.htm">Style grid basics</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven409.htm">Delete a style item</a></p>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
125
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven408.htm
Normal file
125
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven408.htm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
|
||||
|
||||
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Inventory">
|
||||
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
|
||||
<title>Edit a Style</title>
|
||||
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="../responsive.css?v=20260110083000" type="text/css">
|
||||
|
||||
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
span.hcp1 { color:#c0c0c0; }
|
||||
span.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
font.hcp3 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
-->
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
<style type="text/css">
|
||||
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 13PT - V3 */
|
||||
* { font-size: 13pt !important; }
|
||||
body, body *, p, p *, li, li *, ol, ol *, ul, ul *, div, div *, span, span *, td, td *, th, th *, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, font, font * {
|
||||
font-size: 13pt !important;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Edit a Style</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven_style_oview.htm">Overview</a> <span class="hcp1">| <a href="inven427.htm">Style Grids</a> | <a href="inven428.htm">Style Templates</a></span> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="inven409.htm">Delete a Style</a></p>
|
||||
<div style="float: none;">
|
||||
<p style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; text-align: right; font-size: 10pt;
|
||||
color: #800000;">Pro</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Use this procedure to directly edit a style in inventory. If the style has a template applied and the changes are permanent, you can also edit the template.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To edit an existing style:</p>
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Select any member of the style in your item list and click <span class="hcp2">View Details</span>.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">In the Basic Info section of the item record, click the <span class="hcp2">Style</span> button.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Indent">The Style window is displayed.</p>
|
||||
<ol start="2">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Make necessary edits in the top pane. <span class="hcp2">Editing these fields will affect all items in the style</span>.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Make specific style item edits in the style grid:</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="list-style: disc;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><span class="hcp2">To add a new style item</span>:  Select a <span class="hcp2">Click to add</span> label for a column or row and type a new size or attribute entry. Enter a 0 (zero) in the new cells created to add the new style item(s) to inventory.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="list-style: disc;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><span class="hcp2">To edit sizes and/or attributes of style items</span>:  Click the labels on the horizontal or vertical axes and type a new value. Note that changing a size or attribute in the grid changes it for all items in that row or column. A confirmation window is displayed to alert you to this fact.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="list-style: disc;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><span class="hcp2">To add, remove, rearrange columns or rows or make other changes in style grid</span>: Right-click in a row or column label and choose the appropriate option from the popup menu:</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li style="list-style: none; display: inline;">
|
||||
<ul style="list-style: square;">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><font><span class="hcp2">Add or delete column or row</span></font> This action adds or deletes items in inventory. Use with caution.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><span class="hcp2">Move</span> Move row or column in a specified direction.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><font class="hcp3"><span class="hcp2">A</span>uto-arrange by name</font> Rearranges the columns or rows into alphabetical or numerical sequence.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><font class="hcp3"><span class="hcp2">A</span>uto-adjust columns widths</font> Adjusts all column widths to the width of the longest entry.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><font class="hcp3">Show totals</font> Turns on/off the display of style quantity totals in the grid.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><font class="hcp3">Save as new style template</font> Saves the displayed arrangement of sizes/attributes to your <a href="inven428.htm">style template</a> list.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="list-style: disc;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><span class="hcp2">To edit individual style items</span>: Select an item cell in the style grid and press <span class="hcp2"><F5></span> or right-click in the cell and select <span class="hcp2">Edit Item Details</span> from the popup menu. Make necessary changes and select <span class="hcp2">OK</span>.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<ol start="4">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Select <font class="hcp3">Save</font>.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Notes:</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">The values displayed in the upper pane are those of the specific item selected when the Style window was entered. However, editing these values in the style grid will affect all items in the style. For example, if you have different prices within the style, dont change the prices shown in the upper pane of the Style window or you will change all style item prices.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Anytime you edit the Department or Item Name for a style item, Point of Sale will ask if you want to have that change affect just the item or the entire style. If you update only the item, then that item will no longer be a member of that style.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">If a template was previously applied to the style, editing the style sizes and attributes on the style grid has no effect on the saved template.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Just as in an item form, edits to an items on-hand quantity or average unit cost result in Point of Sale creating adjustment memos, which are sent to QuickBooks financial software to update your inventory value.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="inven408.htm">Return to top</a></p>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
66
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven409.htm
Normal file
66
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven409.htm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
|
||||
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Inventory">
|
||||
|
||||
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
|
||||
<title>Delete Style Items or Entire Styles</title>
|
||||
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="../responsive.css?v=20260110083000" type="text/css">
|
||||
|
||||
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
span.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
-->
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
<style type="text/css">
|
||||
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 13PT - V3 */
|
||||
* { font-size: 13pt !important; }
|
||||
body, body *, p, p *, li, li *, ol, ol *, ul, ul *, div, div *, span, span *, td, td *, th, th *, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, font, font * {
|
||||
font-size: 13pt !important;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Delete Style Items or Entire Styles</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;"><a href="inven_style_oview.htm">Style Overview</a> <span style="color: #c0c0c0;">|</span> <a href="inven408.htm">Edit a Style</a></p>
|
||||
<div>
|
||||
<p style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; text-align: right; font-size: 10pt;
|
||||
color: #800000;">Pro</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Note"><font style="font-weight: bold;">Note:</font> This process should be carried out with caution so that items with on-hand quantities or listed on active documents are not accidentally deleted. If you delete style items with on-hand quantities, Point of Sale creates adjustment memos to update inventory and your QuickBooks financial software. If the deleted item(s) are listed on an active order document, the item(s) are NOT removed from that document. Review and edit documents as necessary.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To delete a style item:</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Use the normal <a href="inven406.htm">item deletion</a> procedure from your item list.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To delete an entire style:</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Since all style items have the same Item Name, searching inventory by the Item Name is the quickest way to display all of the style items (and only the style items). Use caution when taking the following steps as all items in the style will be deleted.</p>
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Enter the Item Name for the style in the Search field at the top of your item list.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">All of the style items (and only the style items) should be displayed. Scroll through the list to ensure other items aren't displayed.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Press <span class="hcp1">Ctrl+A</span> on your keyboard to select all of the items. If you only want to delete some of the items, select only them. <a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_list_multiselect.htm.htm">How do I select multiple records?<img src="../image/yellow_up.gif" alt="Click to display a popup topic" title="Click to display a popup topic" style="border: none;" width="10" height="12" border="0"></a></p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Select <span class="hcp1">Delete</span> from the I Want To menu.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Confirm the deletion when prompted. If any of the style items still have a quantity on hand or are listed on open order documents, you will be warned.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Select <span class="hcp1">Save</span>.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/navigation_find/basic_find_item.htm">Find an item record</a></p>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
106
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven410.htm
Normal file
106
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven410.htm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
|
||||
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Inventory">
|
||||
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
|
||||
<title>Enter Item Price and Cost</title>
|
||||
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="../responsive.css?v=20260110083000" type="text/css">
|
||||
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
span.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
font.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
-->
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
<style type="text/css">
|
||||
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 13PT - V3 */
|
||||
* { font-size: 13pt !important; }
|
||||
body, body *, p, p *, li, li *, ol, ol *, ul, ul *, div, div *, span, span *, td, td *, th, th *, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, font, font * {
|
||||
font-size: 13pt !important;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Enter Item Price and Cost</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="invenvoverview.htm">Overview</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="inven_pricecostrelationship.htm">Price and Cost Relationship</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="../qbpos_price_manager/pricemgroverview.htm">Price Manager</a></p>
|
||||
<div>
|
||||
<p style="text-align: right; font-family: Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 9pt;
|
||||
color: #800000;"><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Basic</span> </p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">(Pro)  This option is available at Headquarters only.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Note"><span class="hcp1">Note</span>: The ability to see cost fields, including margin and markup and other fields related to cost, can be controlled by <a href="../qbpos_secadmin/secadminoverview.htm">security rights</a>. If you do not have the right to view item costs, the fields will be masked like this "*****". This right affects cost fields in inventory and on all documents and reports.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">The item Pricing window allows you to enter or edit an items cost and price information, including markdown price levels, an MSRP price, and margin/markup values on a single window.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">You can open this window while adding, editing, or viewing an item.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To access the Pricing window:</p>
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Select an item in your item list.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <span class="hcp1">Edit</span>. This step is not necessary if you just want to view the pricing information.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Click the <font class="hcp2">Pricing</font> button in the Basic Info section. The Pricing Window is opened as shown below.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">(Pro) If using the <a href="inven_uom_multiple.htm">multiple units of measure</a> feature, select the unit for which you want to view/edit this information from the drop-down menu (not shown).</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0; text-align: center;"><img src="../image/inven_pricing.gif" alt="Pricing Window" title="Pricing Window" style="border: none;" width="458" height="184" border="0"></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Explanation of Price/Cost Fields</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><font class="hcp2">Regular Price</font> Your everyday retail price of the item. If you wish to use a department <a href="../qbpos_glossary_of_terms/glossarypage.htm#glossary_priceformula">pricing formula</a> to calculate your price, leave this field blank when adding a new item. <a href="inven_priceformula.htm">Learn more</a>.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><font class="hcp2">MSRP </font> Manufacturers Suggested Retail Price; a reference price that, if entered here, is printed on your price tags to demonstrate savings to your customers. Note: Some tag <a href="../qbpos_glossary_of_terms/glossarypage.htm#glossary_template">templates</a> may not display the MSRP, due to size limitations.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><font class="hcp2">Cost</font> The average unit cost for the item quantity currently on hand. Enter this cost ONLY if you have an on-hand quantity of the item when initially setting up Point of Sale. Otherwise, as you make receiving vouchers, Point of Sale automatically updates this field. <a href="../qbpos_receiving/vouch751.htm">Learn more</a>.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><font class="hcp2">Margin %</font> Gross <a href="../qbpos_glossary_of_terms/glossarypage.htm#glossary_margin">margin</a> or profit margin percentage. Auto-filled from department record (if defined) on new items and updated automatically as average unit cost changes. Manually <a href="pro_tip_using_margin_to_update_prices.htm">editing the margin</a> results in a recalculation of your price(s).</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><font class="hcp2">Markup %</font> Alternate way to express profit; markup by <font style="font-style: italic;">n</font>% over average unit cost. Same behavior as margin. When either are edited, the other is recalculated automatically.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Price Levels</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Optionally, enter prices and markdown percentages for your markdown <a href="../qbpos_glossary_of_terms/glossarypage.htm#glossary_pricelevels">price levels</a> for the item (your custom price level names displayed). If you use Point of Sales pricing formula to calculate your regular prices and have defined price level markdown percentages, Point of Sale automatically calculates the price at each price level for you on new items.</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List">Enter/edit a price or markdown percentage for each price level if this items pricing is to be different from your default markdowns.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List">You can define or change your default price level names and markdown percentages in <a href="../qbpos_company_preferences/sysprefs05.htm">company preferences</a>.  Note that changing your default markdown levels do not update existing item prices. You can use <a href="../qbpos_price_manager/pricemgroverview.htm">Price Manager</a> to quickly change existing item prices if desired.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List">(Pro) You can set different prices at each level for each <a href="inven_unitofmeasure.htm">unit of measure</a> of an item.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="inven_pricelevels.htm">Learn more about using price levels</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Pricing Notes:</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: 15.00pt;">If you prefer to manually define all of your own prices, rather than have Point of Sale calculate them for you on new items, do not define a margin or markup <span class="hcp1">in your department records</span> and enter the price(s) as you are adding items to inventory.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven410.htm">Return to top</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="inven_avgunitcost.htm">About the average unit cost</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="inven_ordercost.htm">About the order cost</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="inven_style_oview.htm">Change prices for a style</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="inven_multistorecostprice.htm">Cost and price in a multi-store configuration</a></p>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
134
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven421.htm
Normal file
134
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven421.htm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
|
||||
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Inventory">
|
||||
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
|
||||
<title>Print Your Item List or Tags</title>
|
||||
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="../responsive.css?v=20260110083000" type="text/css">
|
||||
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
span.hcp1 { color:#c0c0c0; }
|
||||
span.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
img.hcp3 { border:none; }
|
||||
font.hcp4 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
-->
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
<style type="text/css">
|
||||
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 13PT - V3 */
|
||||
* { font-size: 13pt !important; }
|
||||
body, body *, p, p *, li, li *, ol, ol *, ul, ul *, div, div *, span, span *, td, td *, th, th *, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, font, font * {
|
||||
font-size: 13pt !important;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Print Your Item List or Tags</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/printing/basic338.htm">Print Tags: Basics</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/printing/basic_tagdesigns.htm">Tags Styles and Sizes</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/printing/basic243.htm">Overview</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To print your item list:</p>
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Display your item list and select the items to include in the printout:</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="list-style: disc;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List">If printing all items, you do not need to make an item selection. Make sure the list filter is set to display <span class="hcp2">All Items</span>.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="list-style: disc;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List">If printing a subset of your list, <a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic262.htm">filter</a> or <a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/navigation_find/basic_find_item.htm">search</a> the list first, or select those you want to print. <a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_list_multiselect.htm.htm">How do I select multiple items?<img src="../image/yellow_up.gif" alt="Click to display a popup topic" title="Click to display a popup topic" width="10" height="12" border="0" class="hcp3"></a></p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<ol start="2">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Select <font class="hcp4">Print Items <span style="font-weight: normal;">from the I Want To menu</span></font>.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">In the Print Items dialog, select:</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Indent" style="list-style: disc; margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Indent"><span class="hcp2">Print all items</span> to include all items currently displayed in the list</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Indent" style="list-style: disc; margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Indent"><span class="hcp2">Print selected items</span> to include only the items selected</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<ol start="4" style="list-style: decimal;">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <span class="hcp2">Print</span> in the Print dialog. You can also change the printer or number of copies on this dialog.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To print item price tags:</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;"> </p>
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Select the item(s) for which you want to print tags:</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="list-style: disc;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List">To print tags for a single item, highlight or display the item.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="list-style: disc;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List">To print tags for several items, select them all. <a href="javascript:void(0);" id="a1" onmouseover="if (parseInt(navigator.appVersion) >= 4 && typeof(BSPSPopupOnMouseOver) == 'function') BSPSPopupOnMouseOver(event);" class="BSSCPopup" onclick="BSSCPopup('../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_list_multiselect.htm.htm');return false;">How do I select multiple items?<img src="../image/yellow_up.gif" alt="Click to display a popup topic" title="Click to display a popup topic" width="10" height="12" border="0" class="hcp3"></a></p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="list-style: disc;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List">To print tags for a larger group of related items, <a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic262.htm">filter</a> or <a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/navigation_find/basic_find_item.htm">search</a> your item list to display only the group of items.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<ol start="2">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Select <span class="hcp2">P</span><font class="hcp4">rint Tags</font> from the I Want To menu.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Follow the on-screen prompts to specify print settings and print:</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List">The printer to use</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List">Whether to print tags for the selected items or all displayed items</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List">The number of tags to print, i.e. the on-hand quantity or a specified quantity</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List">The tag <a href="../qbpos_glossary_of_terms/glossarypage.htm#glossary_template">template</a> to use; be sure the template matches your selected printer</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List">If printing to a sheet of labels, the start position on the sheet. <font style="font-style: italic;">Tip: Click on the sheet label position where you want printing to start.</font></p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Tag Printing Options</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">You can include an items <a href="inven410.htm">MSRP</a> (Manufacturers Suggested Retail Price) on your price tags to display savings to your customers.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">You can also print tags that include the item cost and last received date printed in <a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/printing/basic291.htm">code</a>. Only informed employees will be able to read these values.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Dont want to print tags for an item? Clear the <span class="hcp2">P</span><font class="hcp4">rint Tags</font> check box in the Misc and Printing section of the item record. This will help prevent accidental printing of tags for an item even if it is displayed or selected on-screen when printing.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" language="JavaScript1.2">
|
||||
//<![CDATA[
|
||||
if( typeof( FilePopupInit ) != 'function' ) FilePopupInit = new Function();
|
||||
FilePopupInit('a1');
|
||||
//]]>
|
||||
</script>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
163
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven427.htm
Normal file
163
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven427.htm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
|
||||
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
|
||||
<title>Style Grid Basics</title>
|
||||
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="../responsive.css?v=20260110083000" type="text/css">
|
||||
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
span.hcp1 { color:#c0c0c0; }
|
||||
span.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
font.hcp3 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
tr.hcp4 { vertical-align:top; }
|
||||
td.hcp5 { padding-left:1px;
|
||||
padding-top:1px;
|
||||
padding-right:1px;
|
||||
padding-bottom:1px;
|
||||
border-bottom-width:1px;
|
||||
border-bottom-style:Solid;
|
||||
border-top-width:1px;
|
||||
border-top-style:Solid; }
|
||||
td.hcp6 { padding-left:1px;
|
||||
padding-top:1px;
|
||||
padding-right:1px;
|
||||
padding-bottom:1px;
|
||||
border-bottom-width:1px;
|
||||
border-bottom-style:Solid; }
|
||||
font.hcp7 { font-family:"Wingdings 3"; }
|
||||
-->
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
<style type="text/css">
|
||||
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 13PT - V3 */
|
||||
* { font-size: 13pt !important; }
|
||||
body, body *, p, p *, li, li *, ol, ol *, ul, ul *, div, div *, span, span *, td, td *, th, th *, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, font, font * {
|
||||
font-size: 13pt !important;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Style Grid Basics</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven_style_oview.htm">Style Overview</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="inven407.htm">Add a Style</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="inven408.htm">Edit a Style</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="inven428.htm">Style Templates</a></p>
|
||||
<div>
|
||||
<p style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; text-align: right; font-size: 10pt;
|
||||
color: #800000;">Pro</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Note">This information applies to the lower half of the <a href="inven_stylewindow.htm">Style window</a>, displayed after selecting the <span class="hcp2">Style</span> button from an item record.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><img src="../image/stylegrid.gif" alt="Style Grid" title="Style Grid" style="border: none;" width="389" height="208" border="0"></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Style Grid Notes</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Each cell of the style grid containing a number (including zero) represents a unique item in inventory, with a unique size/color (or other attribute) combination. A blank cell means that attribute combination is not included in your inventory.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Though "size" and "attribute" is used when talking about styles in this help system, the grid axes will reflect the <a href="../qbpos_fields/fields_customize_field_labels.htm">custom item labels</a> you have defined in company preferences. Any item attribute can be used in a grid and placed on either axis, regardless of the labels. For example, your style items might vary by pattern or material rather than size or color.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">The number of items that can be included in a style is virtually unlimited. You may have to use vertical and/or horizontal scroll bars to view the cells for all items in the grid.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">If in Add or Edit mode, click the <span class="hcp2">Click to Add</span> labels to add a new size or attribute, then enter a zero (or the known on-hand quantity) in the cells corresponding to the new size/attributes combinations being added.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Grid Values</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">When accessing and viewing a style grid from your item list, the values displayed are the on-hand quantities of each style item.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">(Multi-Store)  You can view quantities for a specific store or the entire company by making a selection from the <span class="hcp2">View:</span>  field at the top of the grid.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">If you come to inventory from a document, such as a purchase order, and then display the style grid, you are in "item select" mode. In this case the style grid cells initially display zeroes (0). To select items and order quantities to return to your document, enter order quantities in the grid and then choose <font class="hcp3">Select</font> from the bottom toolbar.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Info-Line">Showing Totals on a Grid</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">The style grid contains the totals for all the sizes in each attribute (row), and each size (column), and a grand total for all items in the style. You can choose to show or hide these totals.</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">From the grid, right-click in any column or row label and select <span class="hcp2">S</span><font class="hcp3">how Totals</font> to toggle the display on/off.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Navigating a grid:</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;"> </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<table style="margin-left: 2.25pt;" cellspacing="0" width="372">
|
||||
<tr class="hcp4">
|
||||
<td style="width:37.10%;" bgcolor="#F5F5F5" class="hcp5">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">Keyboard action</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
|
||||
<td style="width:62.90%;" bgcolor="#F5F5F5" class="hcp5">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">Description</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="hcp4">
|
||||
<td style="width:37.10%;" class="hcp6">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><<font face="Wingdings 3" class="hcp7"></font>>, <<font face="Wingdings 3" class="hcp7"></font>>, <<span style="font-family: 'Wingdings 3';"></span>>, <<font face="Wingdings 3" class="hcp7"></font>></p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
|
||||
<td style="width:62.90%;" class="hcp6">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Move the cursor up, down, left, or right from one grid cell to another consecutively.</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="hcp4">
|
||||
<td style="width:37.10%;" class="hcp6">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Shortcut" style="margin-top: 4.00pt;"><Page Up></p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
|
||||
<td style="width:62.90%;" class="hcp6">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Move the cursor to the first displayed cell of a column.</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="hcp4">
|
||||
<td style="width:37.10%;" class="hcp6">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Shortcut" style="margin-top: 4.00pt;"><Page Down></p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
|
||||
<td style="width:62.90%;" class="hcp6">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Move the cursor to the last displayed cell of a column.</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="hcp4">
|
||||
<td style="width:37.10%;" class="hcp6">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Shortcut" style="margin-top: 4.00pt;"><Home> or<br>
|
||||
<Ctrl + <font style="font-family: 'Wingdings 3'; font-style: normal;" face="Wingdings 3"></font>></p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
|
||||
<td style="width:62.90%;" class="hcp6">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Move the cursor to the first cell in a row.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="hcp4">
|
||||
<td style="width:37.10%;" class="hcp6">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Shortcut" style="margin-top: 4.00pt;"><Ctrl + Home></p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
|
||||
<td style="width:62.90%;" class="hcp6">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Move the cursor to the upper left cell of the grid.</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="hcp4">
|
||||
<td style="width:37.10%;" class="hcp6">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Shortcut" style="margin-top: 4.00pt;"><Ctrl + End></p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
|
||||
<td style="width:62.90%;" class="hcp6">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Move the cursor to the lower right cell of the grid.</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="inven427.htm">Return to top</a></p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="inven409.htm">Delete a style or style item</a></p>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
133
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven428.htm
Normal file
133
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven428.htm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
|
||||
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Inventory">
|
||||
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
|
||||
<title>Style Templates</title>
|
||||
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="../responsive.css?v=20260110083000" type="text/css">
|
||||
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
span.hcp1 { color:#c0c0c0; }
|
||||
img.hcp2 { border:none; }
|
||||
font.hcp3 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
ol.hcp4 { list-style:decimal; }
|
||||
-->
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
<style type="text/css">
|
||||
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 13PT - V3 */
|
||||
* { font-size: 13pt !important; }
|
||||
body, body *, p, p *, li, li *, ol, ol *, ul, ul *, div, div *, span, span *, td, td *, th, th *, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, font, font * {
|
||||
font-size: 13pt !important;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Style Templates</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven_style_oview.htm">Style Overview</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="inven407.htm">Add a Style</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="inven408.htm">Edit a Style</a></p>
|
||||
<div>
|
||||
<p style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; text-align: right; font-size: 10pt;
|
||||
color: #800000;">Pro</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">A <font style="font-style: italic;">style template</font> is a user-defined array of item attributes (sizes, colors, patterns, etc.) that is used as a template when adding a new style. Each template can be used for an unlimited number of styles. Of course, you can instead create each style grid from scratch in inventory, but using templates makes the process much faster since all the predefined sizes and attributes are included in the new grid for you.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To work with style template:</p>
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">From your item list or form, begin <a href="inven407.htm">adding</a> or <a href="inven408.htm">editing</a> a style. The <a title="Style Window" href="inven_stylewindow.htm">Style Window</a> is displayed.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">To immediately apply an existing template to the style grid, select a template from the Style Template drop-down list at the top of the grid.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Indent"><img src="../image/inven_styletemplate_select.gif" alt="Select Style Template" title="Select Style Template" width="203" height="96" border="0" class="hcp2"></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Indent"><font class="hcp3">Or</font></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Indent">To preview, edit, or add templates, click the magnifying glass icon. <img src="../image/magnifying_glass.gif" alt="Open" title="Open" width="18" height="15" border="0" class="hcp2"></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Indent">The Select a Style Template window is opened. Use this window to manage your style templates using the procedures below.</p>
|
||||
<!--<p class="Help-Indent"><?rh-dropspot_start class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)"
|
||||
id="a2" dataid="POPUP295344659" ?><?rh-anchor-id id="a1"?><?rh-dropspot_end ?><?rh-dropspot_start
|
||||
class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a1" ?>View
|
||||
Example <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic"
|
||||
title="Click to expand/collapse topic" style="border: none;"
|
||||
width="11" height="11" border="0" /><?rh-dropspot_end ?></p>
|
||||
<?rh-droptext_start class="droptext" id="POPUP295344659" style="display: none;" ?>
|
||||
<p><img src="../image/inven_SelectStyleTemplate.gif" alt="Select Style Template"
|
||||
style="border: none;" width="421" height="291" border="0" /></p><?rh-droptext_end ?>-->
|
||||
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To preview and apply a template to the style you are working on:</p>
|
||||
<ol class="hcp4">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps"> Select a template name on the left side of the window. A preview of the template is shown.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <font class="hcp3">Apply Selected Template</font>.  The template is immediately applied and the template window closed.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Continue <a href="inven407.htm">adding</a> or <a href="inven408.htm">editing</a> your style.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To add a new template:</p>
|
||||
<ol start="1">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <span style="font-weight: bold;">Add New Template</span> at the top of the window. A new template, with the default name <span style="font-style: italic;">New Template n</span>, is displayed in the preview pane.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Type a unique name to overwrite the default.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Select the <font class="hcp3">Click to add</font> fields on the template preview and enter style sizes, colors, or other attributes as appropriate along the vertical and horizontal axes.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">When done select <font class="hcp3">Save</font>.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Indent"><font class="hcp3">Or</font></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Indent">If you want to immediately apply this template to the style you were working on, select <font class="hcp3">Apply Selected Template</font>, which saves and applies the template in one step.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To edit, delete, or copy a style template:</p>
|
||||
<ol class="hcp4">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Highlight a template in the list on the left of the template window and then complete actions as desired:</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><font class="hcp3">Editing</font> <font class="hcp3">the template</font>: The same procedures used to create a template apply when editing it. Additional choices for adding, deleting, and moving rows/columns and for undoing edits are available from the Edit menu under the displayed template. After editing, select <font class="hcp3">Save</font> or, if you want to update the current style with the changes, select <font class="hcp3">Apply Selected Template</font>.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><font class="hcp3">Deleting the template</font>: Choose delete selected template from the Options menu. Deleting a template does not effect existing styles the have the deleted template applied.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><font class="hcp3">Copying the template</font>: Select <font class="hcp3">Copy Selected Template</font> from the Options menu. Enter a unique name for the template and edit as needed before saving. This is a fast way to create a template very similar to an existing template.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><font class="hcp3">Renaming the template:</font> Select rename selected template from the Options menu. Renaming a template does not effect existing styles that have the template applied.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Notes:</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Style templates are particularly effective for soft goods retailers (clothing, shoes, etc.) where item lines tend to have common sizes, colors, or other attributes.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">When applying a template to a style, if the applied template contains sizes or attributes you do not want to include in the particular style, you need not define items for those cells (i.e. dont enter a quantity or zero). An inventory row (item) will be created only for those attribute combinations (cells) in which you enter a quantity.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">For some merchandise, attributes vary from style to style and from season to season. In this case, you typically wont know what attributes you need until you are actually ordering the items. Here it is often easier to define a template with a single attribute, such as sizes, only along one axis of the template. This gives you the flexibility you need to add other specific attributes, such as color for each style independently as you add it, while still avoiding repeated manual entry of your commonly used sizes.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">If you modify an individual style grid in inventory that has a template applied, the original template is not affected.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven428.htm">Return to top</a></p>
|
||||
<?rh-anchor-id id="a1"?><?rh-anchor-id id="a1"?><?rh-anchor-id id="a1"?><?rh-anchor-id id="a1"?>
|
||||
<div style="width: 100%; position: relative;" id="footer">
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Note" style="background-color: #f5f5f5;">  Additional online resources. Internet connection required.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a title="POS User Community Web Site - opens in new browser window" href="http://www.qbinproduct.com/community/help/pos" target="_blank">Point of Sale User Community</a> Connect with other Point of Sale users and experts to ask questions and share advice.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a title="POS Support Web Site - opens in a new browser window" href="http://www.quickbooks.com/support" target="_blank">Point of Sale Support Web Site</a> Search our Knowledge Base of frequently asked questions, learn about available updates, or research other support options.</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
38
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven430.htm
Normal file
38
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven430.htm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
|
||||
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
|
||||
<title>QuickBooks Users: Adding an Item to Inventory and Immediately Selling It</title>
|
||||
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="../responsive.css?v=20260110083000" type="text/css">
|
||||
<style type="text/css">
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
body { background-color:#ffffec; }
|
||||
-->
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<style type="text/css">
|
||||
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 13PT - V3 */
|
||||
* { font-size: 13pt !important; }
|
||||
body, body *, p, p *, li, li *, ol, ol *, ul, ul *, div, div *, span, span *, td, td *, th, th *, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, font, font * {
|
||||
font-size: 13pt !important;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">QuickBooks Users: Adding an Item to Inventory and Immediately Selling It</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">In-help popup</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">If you add an item to inventory while creating a document, such as a sales receipt, it is strongly recommended that you enter the average unit cost, if known.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Adding a new item without entering a cost, and then immediately selling the item, will result in a discrepancy in your QuickBooks inventory value, since no cost of goods can be posted for the sale. In this case, a compensating adjustment will have to be made in your financial software.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">One way to handle this is to conduct periodic physical inventories and then make an aggregate adjustment in your QuickBooks financial software. This helps keep your inventory value accurate, especially if you regularly make sales of items without defined costs.</p>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
47
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven431.htm
Normal file
47
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven431.htm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
|
||||
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
|
||||
<title>Assembly Items Overview</title>
|
||||
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="../responsive.css?v=20260110083000" type="text/css">
|
||||
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
font.hcp1 { font-style:italic; }
|
||||
-->
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
<style type="text/css">
|
||||
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 13PT - V3 */
|
||||
* { font-size: 13pt !important; }
|
||||
body, body *, p, p *, li, li *, ol, ol *, ul, ul *, div, div *, span, span *, td, td *, th, th *, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, font, font * {
|
||||
font-size: 13pt !important;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Assembly Items Overview</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="invenvoverview.htm">Inventory Overview</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="inven436.htm">About Item Types</a> <span style="color: #c0c0c0;">|</span> <a href="inv_item_groups.htm">Group Items</a></p>
|
||||
<div>
|
||||
<p style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; text-align: right; font-size: 10pt;
|
||||
color: #800000;">Pro</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">An <font class="hcp1">assembly item</font> is an item that is itself composed of two or more other inventory items and sold as a set. For example, a "Ski Slope Package" could be defined as an assembly item made up of a pair of skis, bindings, and boots, all of which already exist in your inventory as individual items. Assembly items are often used to sell a set of items at a discount.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">You "build" assembly items from the existing items in inventory, which are referred to as the <font class="hcp1">component items</font>. An assembly item can also be a component item of another assembly. When you build an assembly, the on-hand quantity of each component item is reduced by the quantity of the item included in the assembly and the on-hand quantity of the assembly item is increased by one. The number of assemblies you can build is dependent on the on-hand quantity of the component items. Assemblies can also be broken, thus freeing the component items to be sold individually again.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">The assembled item has a single associated tax code; the entire assembly is taxed or not based on this code. Use judgement and observe local tax regulations if mixing taxable and non-taxable items in an assembly. Consider listing a non-taxable component as a separate service or non-inventory item on the receipt or use a group item instead. You can even include an assembly item in a group item.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven_assembly_vs_group.htm">How does an assembly item differ from a group item?</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Once an assembly is defined and built, it can be listed on documents in the same manner as other items. Sales reports include assembly items as unique items and do not report on the component items that are included. Keep reporting needs in mind when you assign a department, vendor, and descriptions to your assembly items.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">(Multi-store) Only Headquarters can define <a href="inven431.htm">assembly items</a>, but remote stores can build and break assemblies as necessary to meet local sales demand.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: bold;">Related topics</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven432.htm">Add and build assembly items</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven433.htm">Break, edit, and delete assembly items</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_listing_itemassembly.htm">List assembly items on documents</a></p>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
193
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven432.htm
Normal file
193
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven432.htm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
|
||||
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
|
||||
<title>Add and Build Assembly Items</title>
|
||||
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="../responsive.css?v=20260110083000" type="text/css">
|
||||
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
span.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
font.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
img.hcp3 { border:none; }
|
||||
font.hcp4 { font-weight:bold;
|
||||
font-style:italic; }
|
||||
-->
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
<style type="text/css">
|
||||
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 13PT - V3 */
|
||||
* { font-size: 13pt !important; }
|
||||
body, body *, p, p *, li, li *, ol, ol *, ul, ul *, div, div *, span, span *, td, td *, th, th *, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, font, font * {
|
||||
font-size: 13pt !important;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Add and Build Assembly Items</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven431.htm">Assembly Item Overview</a> <span style="color: #c0c0c0;">|</span> <a href="inven433.htm">Break or Edit Assemblies</a></p>
|
||||
<div>
|
||||
<p style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; text-align: right; font-size: 10pt;
|
||||
color: #800000;">Pro</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<p class="help-text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">An assembly must be defined and then built to make it available to sell.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven_assembly_vs_group.htm">Should I be using a group item instead?</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">(Multi-store) Only Headquarters can define an assembly item. Once defined, both Headquarters and remote stores can build (or <a href="inven433.htm">break</a>) assemblies as needed; Headquarters for any store; remote stores for the local store only.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To define and build assemblies:</p>
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Be sure all component items have been <a href="inven402.htm">added to inventory</a> individually.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">From you item list, click <span class="hcp1">Add</span>.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Enter a descriptive name for the assembly item in the <font class="hcp2">Item Name</font> field.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">In the <font class="hcp2"><span style="font-weight: normal;">item</span> Type</font> field, select <font class="hcp2">Assembly</font><font style="font-size: 10pt; font-weight: bold;" size="2">.</font></p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Specify a department (required) and a vendor (optional).</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Indent">If the items included in the assembly come from more than one department or vendor, you may want to set up a new department and/or vendor called <font style="font-style: italic;">Assemblies,</font> or similar, to track and report the sale of assembly items.</p>
|
||||
<ol start="6">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Enter information in other <a href="../qbpos_fields/fields02.htm">item fields</a> as appropriate.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List">You cannot enter an <font class="hcp2">On-Hand Quantity</font> or <font class="hcp2">Average Unit Cost</font> at this time. The quantity will be created when you "build" the assemblies; the average unit cost will be automatically calculated as the sum of the average unit costs of the component items. This cost will be recalculated each time you build or break assemblies.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List">Optionally, enter a <font class="hcp2">Regular Price</font>. If a price isnt entered, Point of Sale will auto-fill the field with the sum of the component item prices once they are added. You can edit the price later, if needed.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List">Enter a <span class="hcp1">Tax Code</span>. The entire assembly will be taxed (or not) based on this code. You cannot mix taxable and non-taxable item component items in an assembly.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List">To include the assembly item on Build Point reports and <a href="inven_reminder_reorder.htm">reorder Reminders</a> (to be reminded to build more of the assembly) enter the minimum desired on-hand quantity in the <font class="hcp2">Reorder Point</font> field.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<ol start="7">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <span class="hcp1">Save</span>. The assembly item is added to your item list and displayed with details.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Click the <font class="hcp2">Assembly</font> button next to the item <span class="hcp1">Type</span> field.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Indent">The Assembly Details window is displayed. The information entered so far is shown on the left and the grid on right is used  to display the component items in the assembly.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Indent"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a2">View Example <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp3"></a></p>
|
||||
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP297610459" style="display: none;">
|
||||
<p><img src="../image/inven_assembly_add-build-break.gif" alt="Edit Assembly" width="541" height="331" border="0" class="hcp3"></p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<ol start="9">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <span class="hcp1">Edit Assembly</span>.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">In the <b>Scan or enter item information</b> drop-down box, scan or type item information to search for the item to add.<a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a3"><img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp3"></a>.</p>
|
||||
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP295614865" style="display: none;">
|
||||
<table style="vertical-align: top;" cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC">
|
||||
<col style="width: 100%;">
|
||||
<tr style="vertical-align: top;">
|
||||
<td style="width: 100%; padding-right: 10px; padding-left: 10px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Use any of these methods to add items to the group:</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="list-style: disc; margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><span class="hcp1">Scan</span> the bar code from the item tag.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="list-style: disc; margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><span class="hcp1">Type</span> the item's UPC, Item #, or alternate lookup value and press <font class="hcp4"><Enter> <span style="font-style: normal; font-weight: normal;"> <a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_item_identifiers.htm">Learn more about these item identifiers</a></span></font></p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="list-style: disc; margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><span class="hcp1">Search</span> by item name (beginning characters) or other item keyword. Just begin typing the name or keyword and a list of matching items is displayed. Select an item from the list by clicking  it (keyboard users, press the down arrow key to scroll, then <font class="hcp4"><Enter></font> to select). The selected item is added to the to the group with a quantity of 1.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Indent"><img src="../image/item_list_on_doc.gif" alt="item search" width="427" height="141" border="0" class="hcp3"></p>
|
||||
<ul style="list-style: square;">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List">If no matching item is found, check your spelling or the identifier you entered. Entering fewer characters will find more matches.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List">To see your entire item list, click the <img src="../image/plus_icon.gif" alt="" width="14" height="15" border="0" class="hcp3"> icon with no entry in the Add Item field. You can scroll through the list looking for the needed item.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="list-style: disc; margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List">Click <a href="inven402.htm">Add New Item</a> to Inventory if needed.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Indent" style="margin-left: 0px;"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic303.htm">Learn more about adding items to documents</a></p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Indent" style="margin-left: 0px;"> </p>
|
||||
</div></li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Specify the quantity of the component item.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">By default, each item is listed with a quantity of one. Click the <span class="hcp1">Qty+</span> and <span class="hcp1">Qty-</span> button to quickly increase/decrease by one or click the <span class="hcp1">Qty</span> button to enter another number.  Quantity is the only editable field for the component items.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Repeat to add all items in the assembly.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <span class="hcp1">Build</span> at the top of the window.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List">Headquarters in multi-store only: Specify the store for which you are building the assemblies.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List">The Build Assembly dialog is displayed, notifying you of the maximum number of assemblies that can be built. This number is based on the available on-hand quantities of the component items.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<ol start="15">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Specify the number of assemblies you wish to build and then select <span class="hcp1">Build</span>.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <span class="hcp1">OK</span> on the confirmation dialog.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <span class="hcp1">Save</span>.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Notes:</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">When assemblies are built, the on-hand quantity of the assembly item is increased by the quantity you choose to build. The on-hand quantity of each component item is reduced by the total number included in the built assemblies.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Quantity and cost <a href="../qbpos_adjustments/memosoverview.htm">adjustment memos</a> are automatically created to adjust inventory when building assemblies. The logged in users name will be entered on the memo, along with appropriate comments ("Assembly created from inventory") and reason ("Creat Asm"). If users are not required to log in, you will be prompted to enter a user name for the memo(s) upon creation.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">An assembly item can be a component item of another assembly item.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven432.htm">Return to top</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_listing_itemassembly.htm">Sell an Assembly Item</a></p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" language="JavaScript1.2">//<![CDATA[
|
||||
if( typeof( TextPopupInit ) != 'function' ) TextPopupInit = new Function();
|
||||
TextPopupInit('a2','POPUP297610459');
|
||||
TextPopupInit('a3','POPUP295614865');
|
||||
//]]></script>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
137
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven433.htm
Normal file
137
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven433.htm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
|
||||
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
|
||||
<title>Break, Edit, or Delete Assembly Items</title>
|
||||
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="../responsive.css?v=20260110083000" type="text/css">
|
||||
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
span.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
font.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
-->
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
<style type="text/css">
|
||||
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 13PT - V3 */
|
||||
* { font-size: 13pt !important; }
|
||||
body, body *, p, p *, li, li *, ol, ol *, ul, ul *, div, div *, span, span *, td, td *, th, th *, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, font, font * {
|
||||
font-size: 13pt !important;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Break, Edit, or Delete Assembly Items</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven431.htm">Assembly Items Overview</a> <span style="color: #c0c0c0;">|</span> <a href="inven432.htm">Add/Build Assembly Items</a></p>
|
||||
<div>
|
||||
<p style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; text-align: right; font-size: 10pt;
|
||||
color: #800000;">Pro</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">You can break, <a href="inven433.htm#inven_edit_assembly">edit</a>, or <a href="inven433.htm#inven_delete_assembly">delete</a> assemblies as needed to free the individual component items, to change the component items or quantities, or to discontinue using the assembly.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Breaking an assembly makes the component items available for sale individually. This option is only available if the on-hand quantity of the assembly item is greater than zero (0).</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">(Multi-store) Remote stores are limited to breaking assemblies at their own store and cannot edit or delete the assembly item.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To break assemblies:</p>
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Locate and highlight the assembly item in your item list.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <span class="hcp1">Show Details</span>.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Click the <span class="hcp1">Assembly</span> button next to the item <span class="hcp1">Type</span> field. The Assembly Details are shown.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <span class="hcp1">E</span><font class="hcp2">dit Assembly</font>. The Edit Assembly window is opened.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <font class="hcp2">Break</font> at the top of the Edit Assembly window.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Indent">Headquarters in multi-store only: Specify the store for which you are breaking the assemblies.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Indent">The Break Assembly dialog displays the number of existing assemblies that can be broken.</p>
|
||||
<ol start="6">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Specify the number of assemblies you would like to break and then click  <font class="hcp2">Break</font> in the dialog.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <span class="hcp1">OK</span> on the confirmation dialog.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <span class="hcp1">Save</span>.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Notes:</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Breaking an assembly reduces the on-hand quantity of the assembly item by one (for each assembly broken) and increases the on-hand quantity of each component item by the total number included in the broken assemblies.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Quantity and cost <a href="../qbpos_adjustments/memosoverview.htm">adjustment memos</a> are automatically created to adjust inventory when breaking assemblies. The logged in users name will be entered on the memo, along with appropriate comments ("Assembly broken from inventory") and reason ("Brk Asm"). If users are not required to log in, you will be prompted to enter a user name for the memo(s) upon creation.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">If an assembly item includes a second assembly item as one of its components, then breaking the first assembly does not break the second assembly contained therein.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven433.htm">Return to top</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="help-text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Info-Line"><a name="inven_edit_assembly" id="inven_edit_assembly"></a>To edit an assembly (Headquarters only in multi-store):</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Assembly item descriptive fields, price, vendor, etc. can be edited at any time using standard inventory <a href="inven404.htm">editing</a> procedures. However, the component items can only be changed if the on-hand quantity of the assembly item is zero (0). Existing assemblies must be <a href="inven433.htm">broken</a> before changes to the component items are allowed.</p>
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Highlight the assembly item in your item list.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <span class="hcp1">Show Details</span>.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Click the <span class="hcp1">Assembly</span> button next to the item <span class="hcp1">Type</span> field. The Assembly Details are shown.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <span class="hcp1">E</span><font class="hcp2">dit Assembly</font>. The Edit Assembly window is opened.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">If the on-hand quantity is not zero (0), click <font class="hcp2">Break</font> and break all existing assemblies.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Indent">(Multi-store) All assemblies at all stores must be broken before the assembly component items can be edited.</p>
|
||||
<ol start="5">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Use normal procedures to add, edit, or delete component items.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Select <font class="hcp2">Save</font> to record your changes.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">You can now <a href="inven432.htm">build</a> new assemblies with the changed component items.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven433.htm">Return to top</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Info-Line"><a name="inven_delete_assembly" id="inven_delete_assembly"></a>To delete an assembly item (Headquarters only in multi-store):</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Deleting an assembly item requires that you first <a href="inven433.htm">break</a> all existing assemblies and <a href="inven433.htm#inven_edit_assembly">remove</a> the component items from the assembly item.</p>
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Break all existing assemblies, remove the component items, and save (select the links above for instructions, if necessary).</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">With the assembly item highlighted (list) or displayed (form), select <font class="hcp2">Delete</font> from the I Want To menu.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List">If the assembly item is listed on active order documents, you will be alerted and asked to confirm the deletion. If you answer yes, the item will be deleted and cost/quantity memos created to adjust inventory. It is recommended that you then edit any order documents to remove the deleted assembly item.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven431.htm">Assembly item overview</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven432.htm">Add and build assembly items</a></p>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
59
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven434.htm
Normal file
59
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven434.htm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
|
||||
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
|
||||
<title>Using Reorder Points</title>
|
||||
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="../responsive.css?v=20260110083000" type="text/css">
|
||||
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
span.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
-->
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
<style type="text/css">
|
||||
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 13PT - V3 */
|
||||
* { font-size: 13pt !important; }
|
||||
body, body *, p, p *, li, li *, ol, ol *, ul, ul *, div, div *, span, span *, td, td *, th, th *, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, font, font * {
|
||||
font-size: 13pt !important;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Using Inventory Reorder Points for Purchase Decisions</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven_reminders.htm">Reminders Overview</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="../qbpos_purchasing/purchasingoverview.htm">Purchasing Overview</a></p>
|
||||
<div>
|
||||
<p style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; text-align: right; font-size: 10pt;
|
||||
color: #800000;">Pro</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">You can define a reorder quantity (<font style="font-weight: bold;">Reorder Point</font> field) for your inventory items, allowing you to quickly see which items need to be purchased.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">You can prevent an item from being added to the Reorder Reminders by flagging it as unorderable on the item record. This is handy for removing seasonal merchandise from the reminders list.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">You can also run Reorder and Build Point <a href="../qbpos_reports_and_sales_charts/reports01.htm">reports</a>.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Basic</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Items at or below their reorder point are listed on the inventory Reorder Reminders window. Point of Sale takes into consideration any quantities already on order before adding an item to the reorder reminders list.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Pro</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">A company preference <a href="../qbpos_company_preferences/companyprefs_inventory.htm">setting</a> specifies the value used to determine when an item is added to your reorder reminders:</p>
|
||||
<ul style="list-style: disc;">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Text" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><span class="hcp1">On-hand quantity:</span>  With this option, Point of Sale adds an item to the reorder reminders when the combined on-hand and already on-order quantities is at or below the reorder point.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Text" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><span class="hcp1">Available quantity:</span>  With this option, Point of Sale adds an item to the reorder reminders when the combined on-hand and already on-order quantities, minus the quantity committed on active customer orders, is at or below the reorder point.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Point of Sale can <a href="../qbpos_purchasing/po_suggestpo.htm">suggest POs</a> to reorder the items on the Reorder Reminders list.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">For <a href="inven431.htm">assembly items</a>, the reorder point indicates that quantity at which you want to build more of the assembly item.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Multi-Store  </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">You can specify reorder points for the company (all stores combined) and for individual stores. The <a href="inven_reminder_reorder.htm">Reorder Reminders</a> shows reminders for the company and each individual store as well.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="invenvoverview.htm">Inventory overview</a></p>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
79
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven435.htm
Normal file
79
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven435.htm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
|
||||
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
|
||||
<title>Service and Non-Inventory Items</title>
|
||||
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="../responsive.css?v=20260110083000" type="text/css">
|
||||
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
span.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
font.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
font.hcp3 { font-style:italic; }
|
||||
-->
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
<style type="text/css">
|
||||
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 13PT - V3 */
|
||||
* { font-size: 13pt !important; }
|
||||
body, body *, p, p *, li, li *, ol, ol *, ul, ul *, div, div *, span, span *, td, td *, th, th *, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, font, font * {
|
||||
font-size: 13pt !important;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body><a name="642b3b9347ca42c9b00b820c00c373fa=1"></a>
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Service and Non-Inventory Items</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven436.htm">Item Types</a> <span style="color: #c0c0c0;">|</span> <a href="invenvoverview.htm">Inventory Overview</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Either service and non-inventory items can be used to sell or charge for non-merchandise services and fees, such as for tailoring, repairs, gift-wrapping, recycling fees, and delivery charges. The on-hand quantity of both these item types is always zero (0).</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Non-inventory items are also sometimes used for incidental merchandise items for which you do not wish to track quantities. <!-- <a href="qbpos:helppopup.21982">Example<img
|
||||
src="../image/yellow_up.gif" alt="Click to display a popup topic"
|
||||
title="Click to display a popup topic" style="border: none;" width="10"
|
||||
height="12" border="0" /></a></p> --></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Having two item types for these uses allows you to categorize and post the sales to different income accounts in your QuickBooks Desktop financial software and on Point of Sale reports.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><font style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;">To define a service or non-inventory item:</font></p>
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Start adding a <a href="inven402.htm">new item</a> as usual.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">In the item <span class="hcp1">Type</span> field, select <span class="hcp1">Service</span> or <span class="hcp1">Non-Inventory</span>.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Enter information in the other item <a href="../qbpos_fields/fields02.htm">fields</a> as needed.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List">Use the <font class="hcp2">Item Name</font> field to record a description of the service or fee, such as <font class="hcp3">Gift Wrap, Repair Labor,</font> <font class="hcp3">Delivery Charge, Recycling Fee, or Alteration</font>.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List">Typically, the <a href="../qbpos_glossary_of_terms/glossarypage.htm#glossary_avgcost">average unit cost</a> of these items is $0. Exceptions are when you sub-let a service to an outside company or are purchasing an incidental item, in which case you should enter the unit cost.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List">Assign a <a href="../qbpos_glossary_of_terms/glossarypage.htm#glossary_taxcode">tax code</a>, if applicable.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List">Use the <a href="inven_unitofmeasure.htm">Unit of Measure</a> field, if applicable, to specify the sales unit, e.g. hour, each, piece, etc.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<ol start="4">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Select <font class="hcp2">Save</font>.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven_protip_hourcharges.htm">Charge for services by the hour</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_recording_sales_and_returns/receipt1068.htm">List service or non-inventory items on documents</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="inven_service_items.htm">Learn more about using service items</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="../qbpos_recording_sales_and_returns/receipt_govtfees.htm">Collect Government-mandated fees</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="../qbpos_shipping/shipping_serviceitem.htm">Use a service item for shipping charges</a></p>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
55
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven436.htm
Normal file
55
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven436.htm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
|
||||
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
|
||||
<title>Item Types</title>
|
||||
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="../responsive.css?v=20260110083000" type="text/css">
|
||||
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
font.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
-->
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
<style type="text/css">
|
||||
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 13PT - V3 */
|
||||
* { font-size: 13pt !important; }
|
||||
body, body *, p, p *, li, li *, ol, ol *, ul, ul *, div, div *, span, span *, td, td *, th, th *, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, font, font * {
|
||||
font-size: 13pt !important;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Item Types</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="invenvoverview.htm">Inventory Overview</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="inven402.htm">Add Items</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">The inventory <font class="hcp1">Item Type</font> field is used to specify what type of item is being added:</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><font class="hcp1">Inventory</font> Merchandise that you purchase and resell, and for which you track on-hand quantities.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><font class="hcp1">Service </font> Services such as miscellaneous fees, charges, or hourly labor for which on-hand quantities are not tracked. <a href="inven435.htm">Learn more</a>.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><font class="hcp1">Non-Inventory</font> Same properties as service items, but often used for incidental items such as store supplies or small items that you do not wish to count. Allow you to have two categories for non-merchandise items; and the ability to post them to different accounts in your QuickBooks Desktop financial software. On-hand quantities are not tracked. <a href="inven435.htm">Learn more</a>.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><font class="hcp1">Assembly</font> (Pro) An item built from other pre-existing inventory items and optionally sold at a discount. The component items, once added to the assembly are no longer available individually. <a href="inven431.htm">Learn more</a>.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><font class="hcp1">Group</font> (Pro) Provides a method to quickly sell a group of items that are already in your item list, optionally at a discounted group price. Unlike an assembly, groups are not pre-built and the included items remain available individually. <a href="inv_item_groups.htm">Learn more</a>.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><font class="hcp1">Special Order</font> <font class="hcp1"></font> (Pro) Used to sell custom or one-time merchandise that you do not currently carry in inventory and may never carry. Special order items can only be added to inventory while creating a document to order, receive, or sell them. Later, the special order item can be converted to a regular inventory item, if desired. <a href="../qbpos_customer_orders/custorder_specialorder.htm">Learn more</a>.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Note"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Note</span>: <a href="../qbpos_recording_sales_and_returns/receipt_sell_misc_item.htm">Miscellaneous items</a> are not inventory items, so are not included here.</p>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
209
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven_assembly_vs_group.htm
Normal file
209
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven_assembly_vs_group.htm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,209 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
|
||||
|
||||
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
|
||||
<title>Should I use an Assembly or a Group Item?</title>
|
||||
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="../responsive.css?v=20260110083000" type="text/css">
|
||||
|
||||
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
tr.hcp1 { vertical-align:top; }
|
||||
td.hcp2 { padding-left:1px;
|
||||
padding-top:1px;
|
||||
padding-right:1px;
|
||||
padding-bottom:1px; }
|
||||
font.hcp3 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
td.hcp4 { padding-left:1px;
|
||||
padding-top:1px;
|
||||
padding-right:1px;
|
||||
padding-bottom:1px;
|
||||
background-color:Transparent; }
|
||||
-->
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
<style type="text/css">
|
||||
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 13PT - V3 */
|
||||
* { font-size: 13pt !important; }
|
||||
body, body *, p, p *, li, li *, ol, ol *, ul, ul *, div, div *, span, span *, td, td *, th, th *, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, font, font * {
|
||||
font-size: 13pt !important;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Should I use an Assembly or a Group Item?</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven431.htm">Assembly Overview</a> <span style="color: #c0c0c0;">|</span> <a href="inv_item_groups.htm">Group Overview</a></p>
|
||||
<div>
|
||||
<p style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; text-align: right; font-size: 10pt;
|
||||
color: #800000;">Pro</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Item assemblies and groups both offer a way to sell a predefined set of items by listing a single item on a sales document. However, the two item types vary in several ways, as outlined below.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Info-Line">Key questions to ask when deciding between an assembly and a group?</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Do you want to physically pre-build the set, thus removing the component item quantities from inventory?</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Do you want the component item quantities in the set to remain available for individual sale?</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Do you want the individual items printed on customer receipts or just the set as a single item?</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Do you sell more of the items individually or as a set?</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Will there be both taxable and non-taxable component items?</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Info-Line">Key Differences Between Assembly and Group Items</p>
|
||||
<table style="margin-left: 2.25pt;" cellspacing="0" width="337">
|
||||
<col style="width: 47.536%;">
|
||||
<col style="width: 25.461%;">
|
||||
<col style="width: 27.003%;">
|
||||
<tr class="hcp1">
|
||||
<td style="width:47.536%;" height="24" bgcolor="#E6E6E6" class="hcp2">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp3">Option</font></p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:25.461%;" height="24" bgcolor="#E6E6E6" class="hcp2">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;"><font class="hcp3">Assembly</font></p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:27.003%;" height="24" bgcolor="#E6E6E6" class="hcp2">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;"><font class="hcp3">Group</font></p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="hcp1">
|
||||
<td style="width:47.536%;" height="8" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 6.00pt;">Pre-built?</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:25.461%;" height="8" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 6.00pt; text-align: center;">Yes</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:27.003%;" height="8" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 6.00pt; text-align: center;">No</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="hcp1">
|
||||
<td style="width:47.536%;" height="8" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 6.00pt;">Sell component items individually?</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:25.461%;" height="8" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 6.00pt; text-align: center;">No*</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:27.003%;" height="8" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 6.00pt; text-align: center;">Yes</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="hcp1">
|
||||
<td style="width:47.536%;" height="8" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 6.00pt;">Can include service and non-inventory items?</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:25.461%;" height="8" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 6.00pt; text-align: center;">Yes</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:27.003%;" height="8" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 6.00pt; text-align: center;">Yes</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="hcp1">
|
||||
<td style="width:47.536%;" height="24" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 6.00pt;">Can include assembly item as component?</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:25.461%;" height="24" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 6.00pt; text-align: center;">Yes</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:27.003%;" height="24" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 6.00pt; text-align: center;">Yes</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="hcp1">
|
||||
<td style="width:47.536%;" height="24" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 6.00pt;">Can include group item as component?</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:25.461%;" height="24" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 6.00pt; text-align: center;">No</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:27.003%;" height="24" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 6.00pt; text-align: center;">No</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="hcp1">
|
||||
<td style="width:47.536%;" height="24" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 6.00pt;">Assembly/group item printed on receipt?</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:25.461%;" height="24" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 6.00pt; text-align: center;">Yes</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:27.003%;" height="24" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 6.00pt; text-align: center;">Yes</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="hcp1">
|
||||
<td style="width:47.536%;" height="24" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 6.00pt;">Assembly/group item price printed on receipt?</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:25.461%;" height="24" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 6.00pt; text-align: center;">Yes</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:27.003%;" height="24" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 6.00pt; text-align: center;">Optional**</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="hcp1">
|
||||
<td style="width:47.536%;" height="24" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 6.00pt;">Component items printed on receipt?</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:25.461%;" height="24" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 6.00pt; text-align: center;">No</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:27.003%;" height="24" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 6.00pt; text-align: center;">Yes</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="hcp1">
|
||||
<td style="width:47.536%;" height="24" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 6.00pt;">Component item prices printed on receipt?</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:25.461%;" height="24" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 6.00pt; text-align: center;">No</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:27.003%;" height="24" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 6.00pt; text-align: center;">Optional**</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="hcp1">
|
||||
<td style="width:47.536%;" height="24" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 6.00pt;">Can contain both taxable and non-taxable items?</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:25.461%;" height="24" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 6.00pt; text-align: center;">No***</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:27.003%;" height="24" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 6.00pt; text-align: center;">Yes</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="hcp1">
|
||||
<td style="width:47.536%;" height="24" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 6.00pt;">Can assign discounted price?</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:25.461%;" height="24" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 6.00pt; text-align: center;">Yes</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:27.003%;" height="24" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 6.00pt; text-align: center;">Yes</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="hcp1">
|
||||
<td style="width:47.536%;" height="5" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 6.00pt;">Track costs and quantities?</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:25.461%;" height="5" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 6.00pt; text-align: center;">Yes</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:27.003%;" height="5" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 6.00pt; text-align: center;">No****</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">      * Quantities of component items not pre-built into assemblies can be sold individually and built assemblies can be<br>
|
||||
     broken, freeing the component items for individual sale.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">    ** Controlled with a preference setting.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">  *** After assembly, the single tax code assigned to the assembly item determines if it is taxed or not. The entire assembly is subject to the same tax code, so taxable and non-taxable items should not be mixed.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">**** Quantities and costs of group component items are tracked individually, not as a group.</p>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
|
||||
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
|
||||
<title>Track Available Quantities</title>
|
||||
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="../responsive.css?v=20260110083000" type="text/css">
|
||||
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
span.hcp1 { font-style:italic; }
|
||||
ul.hcp2 { list-style:disc; }
|
||||
span.hcp3 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
img.hcp4 { border:none; }
|
||||
-->
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
<style type="text/css">
|
||||
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 13PT - V3 */
|
||||
* { font-size: 13pt !important; }
|
||||
body, body *, p, p *, li, li *, ol, ol *, ul, ul *, div, div *, span, span *, td, td *, th, th *, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, font, font * {
|
||||
font-size: 13pt !important;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body><a name="642b3b9347ca42c9b00b820c00c373fa=1"></a>
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-1">Track Available Quantities</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="invenvoverview.htm">Inventory Overview</a> <span style="color: #c0c0c0;">|</span> <a href="inven_reminder_reorder.htm">Reorder Item Reminders</a></p>
|
||||
<div>
|
||||
<p style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; text-align: right; font-size: 10pt;
|
||||
color: #800000;">Pro</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">The term <span class="hcp1">available quantity</span> refers to the current on-hand quantity of an item minus the quantity of that item already committed to active customer orders. The available quantity is sometimes referred to as the <span class="hcp1">available to promise</span> quantity. Knowing the available quantity helps you make sales decisions and plan for additional purchases of the item.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Available quantity calculations are used in Point of Sale to:</p>
|
||||
<ul class="hcp2">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Alert you when you don't have sufficient available quantity of an item to complete a sales transaction.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Determine when items should be added to your reorder reminders list. If you prefer, you can set your <a href="../qbpos_company_preferences/companyprefs_inventory.htm">company preferences</a> to create reorder reminders based on the on-hand quantity instead.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Info-Line">Where can I see an item's available quantity?</p>
|
||||
<ul class="hcp2">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Text" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: normal;">In the Basic Info section of the New/Edit Item form, select <span class="hcp3">Available</span> to open the <a href="inven_avblqty_wndw.htm">Available Quantities window</a>. This window summarizes all item quantity information, including current on-hand, on-order, and committed to customer orders, as well as a listing of the documents affecting those quantities.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">            <img src="../image/avbl_qty_window.gif" alt="" width="401" height="260" border="0" class="hcp4"></p>
|
||||
<ul class="hcp2">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Text" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: normal;">In the <span class="hcp3">Avail Qty</span>  column, available in your item list and on many Point of Sale documents and inventory reports. You may have to <a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_customizelistcolumns.htm" style="font-weight: normal;">add</a> the column to view it.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Indent"><img src="../image/rcpt_avblqty.gif" alt="" width="401" height="35" border="0" class="hcp4"></p>
|
||||
<ul class="hcp2">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Text" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-weight: normal;">In the <span class="hcp3">Item</span> <span class="hcp3">Information</span> window, accessed by selecting <span class="hcp3">Edit Item</span> (<F5>) for an item listed on a document.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Notes:</p>
|
||||
<ul class="hcp2">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Text" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Quantities of an item on <a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_holding_a_document.htm">held</a> documents or on customer orders assigned a <a href="../qbpos_customer_orders/custorder_statustracking.htm">status</a> of <span class="hcp3">Pending</span> (such as those used to give estimates or quotes) are not reflected in the available quantity of the item.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
110
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven_avblqty_wndw.htm
Normal file
110
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven_avblqty_wndw.htm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
|
||||
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
|
||||
<title>Available Quantities Window</title>
|
||||
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="../responsive.css?v=20260110083000" type="text/css">
|
||||
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
span.hcp1 { font-style:italic; }
|
||||
span.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
ul.hcp3 { list-style:disc; }
|
||||
img.hcp4 { border:none; }
|
||||
-->
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
<style type="text/css">
|
||||
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 13PT - V3 */
|
||||
* { font-size: 13pt !important; }
|
||||
body, body *, p, p *, li, li *, ol, ol *, ul, ul *, div, div *, span, span *, td, td *, th, th *, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, font, font * {
|
||||
font-size: 13pt !important;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Available Quantities Window</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven_avblqty_tracking.htm">Available Quantities Overview</a> <span style="color: #c0c0c0;">|</span> <a href="invenvoverview.htm">Inventory Overview</a></p>
|
||||
<div>
|
||||
<p style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; text-align: right; font-size: 10pt;
|
||||
color: #800000;">Pro</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">The term <span class="hcp1">available quantity</span> refers to the on-hand quantity minus quantities already committed on active customer orders. Available quantity is sometimes referred to as <span class="hcp1">available to promise</span>.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">The available <span class="hcp2">Quantities</span> window is the best way to see at a glance all the quantity information for an item and a listing of the documents affecting the available quantity.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">In a multi-Store configuration, this window can also be used to enter or view item quantities at other stores.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To view the Available Quantities window for an item:</p>
|
||||
<ul class="hcp3">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">From the Basic Info section of an item record (form), click the <font style="font-weight: bold;">Available</font> button.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Indent" style="text-align: center;"><img src="../image/avbl_qty.gif" alt="Available quantities tab on item information panel" title="Available quantities tab on item information panel" width="192" height="27" border="0" class="hcp4"></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Indent"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Indent">An example of the Available Quantities window is shown below.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Indent" style="text-align: center;"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Indent" style="text-align: center;"><img src="../image/avbl_qty_window.gif" alt="Available Quantities" title="Available Quantities" width="401" height="260" border="0" class="hcp4"></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Info-Line"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Info-Line">What's important about this window?</p>
|
||||
<ul class="hcp3">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Text" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">At a glance, you can view all quantities related to the item at your store(s). On the right side of the window, select the quantity you wish to see from the drop-down box at top of the list:</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Text">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><span class="hcp2">On Hand</span>. The current quantity on-hand in inventory.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Text">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><span class="hcp2">On Order</span>. The quantity on active purchase orders. Does not include POs with a status of "Pending."</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Text">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><span class="hcp2">Available</span>. The quantity available to sell. Equals on-hand quantity minus quantity committed on active customer orders.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Text">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><span class="hcp2">Pending</span>. The quantity on active customer orders and purchase orders that have their status set to "Pending." Typically, these orders are used for quotes, estimates, or planning purposes, but the orders have not yet been accepted by customers or submitted to vendors.  </p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Text" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">In a multi-store configuration, quantities for other stores are as of the last completed Store Exchange.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Text" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">A list of the order documents that affect the quantity values is displayed. From the drop-down <span class="hcp2">Show</span> list you can choose to see all order documents, just customer orders, or just purchase orders. Double-click a listed document to open it for viewing/editing.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Text" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">If you track <a href="inven_uom_multiple.htm">multiple units of measure</a> for an item, the quantities displayed are for your base unit.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To edit on-hand quantities in this window:</p>
|
||||
<ul class="hcp3">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">To edit quantities in this window, you must be in edit mode.  You can enter edit mode (by clicking <span class="hcp2">Edit</span>) either before or after opening the window.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To close the window:</p>
|
||||
<ul class="hcp3">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">If in edit mode, click the <span class="hcp2">Close Quantity Window</span> link in the upper-left (as shown above).</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">If in view mode, click the <span class="hcp2">Back</span> button in the lower-right of the window.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Notes:</p>
|
||||
<ul class="hcp3">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Text" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><span class="hcp2">Avail Qty</span> is one of several quantity columns available to <a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_customizelistcolumns.htm">add</a> to many Point of Sale lists and reports, allowing you to view this quantity information from virtually any area of the program. In a multi-store configuration, this column is the available quantity for the entire company (all stores).</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Text" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Quantities of an item on <a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_holding_a_document.htm">held</a> documents are not reflected in the available quantity of the item.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="inven_itemhistory.htm">View an item's history</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="../qbpos_purchasing/purchasingoverview.htm">Purchasing overview</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="../qbpos_customer_orders/custorder_overview.htm">Customer order overview</a></p>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
105
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven_avgunitcost.htm
Normal file
105
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven_avgunitcost.htm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
|
||||
|
||||
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
|
||||
<title>About the Average Unit Cost</title>
|
||||
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="../responsive.css?v=20260110083000" type="text/css">
|
||||
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
span.hcp1 { color:#c0c0c0; }
|
||||
font.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
tr.hcp3 { vertical-align:top; }
|
||||
td.hcp4 { padding-left:1px;
|
||||
padding-top:1px;
|
||||
padding-right:1px;
|
||||
padding-bottom:1px; }
|
||||
font.hcp5 { text-decoration:underline; }
|
||||
font.hcp6 { font-family:Symbol;
|
||||
text-decoration:underline; }
|
||||
-->
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
<style type="text/css">
|
||||
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 13PT - V3 */
|
||||
* { font-size: 13pt !important; }
|
||||
body, body *, p, p *, li, li *, ol, ol *, ul, ul *, div, div *, span, span *, td, td *, th, th *, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, font, font * {
|
||||
font-size: 13pt !important;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">About the Average Unit Cost</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="inven_ordercost.htm">About Order Cost</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="inven410.htm">Enter/Edit Costs</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="inven_pricecostrelationship.htm">Price/Cost Relationship</a></p>
|
||||
<div style="float: none;">
|
||||
<p style="text-align: right; font-family: Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 9pt;
|
||||
color: #800000;"><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Basic</span> </p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Note"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Note</span>: The ability to see cost fields, including margin and markup and other fields related to cost, can be controlled by <a href="../qbpos_secadmin/secadminoverview.htm">security rights</a>. If you do not have the right to view item costs, the fields will be masked like this "*****". This right affects cost fields in inventory and on all documents and reports.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">The <font class="hcp2">Avg Unit Cost</font> field in inventory reflects the average cost you have paid for the current on-hand quantity of an item.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;"><img src="../image/inven_cost.gif" alt="image\inven_cost.gif" title="image\inven_cost.gif" width="241" height="59" border="0"></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Point of Sale recalculates the average unit cost each time you <a href="../qbpos_receiving/vouch751.htm">receive</a> additional quantities of the item at a different cost by proportionally averaging the old cost and the new cost. Receiving vouchers update your Point of Sale inventory and, if applicable, your QuickBooks financial software inventory value with item cost changes.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">For example, if you have five shirts on hand with an average cost of $10 and you receive 10 more shirts costing $12 each, the new average unit cost is calculated as follows:</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;"> </p>
|
||||
<table cellspacing="0" width="354">
|
||||
<tr class="hcp3">
|
||||
<td style="width:100.00%;" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;"><font class="hcp5">(On Hand Qty</font> <font face="Symbol" class="hcp6"></font> <font class="hcp5">Current Cost) + (Rcvd Qty</font> <font face="Symbol" class="hcp6"></font> <font class="hcp5">Purchase Cost)</font></p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="hcp3">
|
||||
<td style="width:100.00%;" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0.00pt; text-align: center;">On-Hand Qty + Rcvd Qty</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Or, using the example above:</p>
|
||||
<table cellspacing="0" width="429">
|
||||
<col style="width: 29.372%;">
|
||||
<col style="width: 5.594%;">
|
||||
<col style="width: 11.188%;">
|
||||
<col style="width: 5.594%;">
|
||||
<col style="width: 48.253%;">
|
||||
<tr class="hcp3">
|
||||
<td style="width:29.372%;" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;"><font class="hcp5">(5</font> <font face="Symbol" class="hcp6"></font> <font class="hcp5">10) + (10</font> <font face="Symbol" class="hcp6"></font> <font class="hcp5">12)</font></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0.00pt; text-align: center;">5 + 10</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:5.594%;" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;"><font class="hcp2">=</font></p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:11.188%;" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;"><font class="hcp5">170</font></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0.00pt; text-align: center;">15</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:5.594%;" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp2">=</font></p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:48.253%;" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">New average unit cost of $11.33</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">We recommend that you not manually enter or edit the average unit cost. Point of Sale uses this value to send cost of goods sold information on item sales to your QuickBooks financial software. If it does become necessary to edit this value manually, typically to correct an error, see <a href="../qbpos_adjustments/memo1303.htm">Creating an Adjustment Memo</a>.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="javascript:void(0);" id="a1" onmouseover="if (parseInt(navigator.appVersion) >= 4 && typeof(BSPSPopupOnMouseOver) == 'function') BSPSPopupOnMouseOver(event);" class="BSSCPopup" onclick="BSSCPopup('../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic311.htm');return false;">Tracking decimal costs<img src="../image/yellow_up.gif" alt="Click to display a popup topic" title="Click to display a popup topic" style="border: none;" width="10" height="12" border="0"></a></p>
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" language="JavaScript1.2">
|
||||
//<![CDATA[
|
||||
if( typeof( FilePopupInit ) != 'function' ) FilePopupInit = new Function();
|
||||
FilePopupInit('a1');
|
||||
//]]>
|
||||
</script>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
|
||||
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
|
||||
<title>Convert a Special Order Item to an Inventory Item</title>
|
||||
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="../responsive.css?v=20260110083000" type="text/css">
|
||||
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
font.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
-->
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
<style type="text/css">
|
||||
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 13PT - V3 */
|
||||
* { font-size: 13pt !important; }
|
||||
body, body *, p, p *, li, li *, ol, ol *, ul, ul *, div, div *, span, span *, td, td *, th, th *, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, font, font * {
|
||||
font-size: 13pt !important;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Convert a Special Order Item to an Inventory Item</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_customer_orders/custorder_specialorder.htm">Handling Special Orders</a> <span style="color: #c0c0c0;">|</span> <a href="inven_specialorderitem.htm">Add a Special Order Item</a></p>
|
||||
<div>
|
||||
<p style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; text-align: right; font-size: 10pt;
|
||||
color: #800000;">Pro</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">A special order item created while making a document can later be converted to a regular inventory item if you plan to carry it in inventory in the future.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To convert a special order item:</p>
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/navigation_find/basic_find_item.htm">Locate</a> the special order item in your item list.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-left: 23.75pt;"><font style="font-style: italic;">Hint:</font> <a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic262.htm">Filtering</a> is a good way to display only special order items.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<ol start="2">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <span style="font-weight: bold;">E</span><font class="hcp1">dit</font>.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Change the item Type to <font class="hcp1">Inventory</font>.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Make any other edits necessary, such as the Reorder Point which was previously disabled.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <font class="hcp1">Save</font>.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Multi-Store Notes:</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">When a special order item is created at a remote store, the remote store can temporarily define all item fields for use on local documents. However, when the special order item is received at Headquarters, the following fields are not populated with information from the remote and must be redefined by Headquarters:</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: 29.75pt;">Tax Code</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: 29.75pt;">Unorderable Flag</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: 29.75pt;">Prices at all price levels</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: 29.75pt;">MSRP (reference price)</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: 29.75pt;">Order Cost</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: 5.75pt;">On the next Store Exchange, the new values entered at Headquarters will overwrite the item information at the remote store that created the item as well as being made available at all other stores.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="../qbpos_multi_store/multi_store_purchasing.htm">Multi-store purchasing</a></p>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
|
||||
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
|
||||
<title>inven_deleteitemswindow</title>
|
||||
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="../responsive.css?v=20260110083000" type="text/css">
|
||||
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
font.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
-->
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
<style type="text/css">
|
||||
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 13PT - V3 */
|
||||
* { font-size: 13pt !important; }
|
||||
body, body *, p, p *, li, li *, ol, ol *, ul, ul *, div, div *, span, span *, td, td *, th, th *, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, font, font * {
|
||||
font-size: 13pt !important;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-1">Delete Items Window</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">This is a popup topic and has been hidden</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">The Delete Items window is displayed to alert you to the status and possible restrictions of items selected for deletion. Use the + icon, where available, to expand the list and see the individual records affected.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Items selected for deletion are categorized as follows:</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Cannot be Deleted</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">These items cannot be deleted because they are currently part of an assembly, group, or quantity price discount.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><font class="hcp1">Assembly</font> To delete an item that is part of an assembly, you must first remove it from the assembly item. To delete an assembly item, you must first break all built assemblies. <a href="inven433.htm">How do I?</a></p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><font class="hcp1">Group</font> To delete an item that is part of a group, you must first remove it from the group item. <a href="inv_edit_group.htm">How do I?</a></p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><font class="hcp1">Discount</font> To delete this item, you must first remove it from the associated quantity price discount. <a href="../qbpos_price_manager/pm_discountprice_inactivate.htm">How do I?</a></p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-2">May be Deleted</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">These items may be deleted, but may affect your inventory value or remain on open order documents.</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><font class="hcp1">Quantity on Hand</font> If deleted, Point of Sale will create adjustment memos to update your inventory value. Learn more</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><font class="hcp1">Due on Purchase Order</font> You can safely delete these items, but should edit the purchase order to remove them.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><font class="hcp1">Due on Customer Order</font> You can safely delete these items, but should edit the customer order (layaway, sales order, or work order) to remove them.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Click anywhere to close this window</p>
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
<?rh-placeholder type="footer" ?> -->
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
|
||||
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
|
||||
<title>Note: Deleted Items Added Back to Inventory</title>
|
||||
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="../responsive.css?v=20260110083000" type="text/css">
|
||||
<style type="text/css">
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
body { background-color:#ffffec; }
|
||||
-->
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<style type="text/css">
|
||||
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 13PT - V3 */
|
||||
* { font-size: 13pt !important; }
|
||||
body, body *, p, p *, li, li *, ol, ol *, ul, ul *, div, div *, span, span *, td, td *, th, th *, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, font, font * {
|
||||
font-size: 13pt !important;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Note: Deleted Items Added Back to Inventory</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">In-help popup</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">If you delete an item from inventory, but then create or reverse a transactional document including that item, Point of Sale adds the item back to inventory. Inventory will reflect the change in item quantity effected by the document, creating a positive or negative on-hand quantity depending on the type of document.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">For example, reversing a sales receipt results in a return receipt, and the returned quantity is added back to inventory. So, your deleted item is now back in inventory with a positive quantity.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">This may trigger the item showing up in other program areas, such as on your Reorder Items Reminders screen. Review the item and delete it again, if appropriate.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">(Pro) This could also occur if a remote store creates a document listing the item after Headquarters deletes it, in which case the item is added back to inventory once the document is received at Headquarters in a Store Exchange.</p>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
48
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven_duplicateitem.htm
Normal file
48
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven_duplicateitem.htm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
|
||||
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
|
||||
<title>Duplicate Item</title>
|
||||
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="../responsive.css?v=20260110083000" type="text/css">
|
||||
<style type="text/css">
|
||||
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 13PT - V3 */
|
||||
* { font-size: 13pt !important; }
|
||||
body, body *, p, p *, li, li *, ol, ol *, ul, ul *, div, div *, span, span *, td, td *, th, th *, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, font, font * {
|
||||
font-size: 13pt !important;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Duplicate Item</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven403.htm">Define Inventory Items</a></p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Leave this topic in place, it is called from a dialog in program.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Note">This information applies when a <span style="font-weight: bold;">Duplicate Item</span> message is received when adding or editing an inventory item.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">You received this message because the item you are attempting to add/edit matches an existing item, with the same department, Item Name, size, and attribute. Duplicate items are not allowed in Point of Sale.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">You have three options:</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Change the size and/or attribute of this item to make it unique</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Discard this item, and go to the existing item in inventory</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Cancel and change the department and/or item description to make it unique</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Info-Line">(Pro) Trying to add the same item for a different vendor?</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Use the <a href="inv_multivendor.htm">alternate vendor</a> option instead (located in the More Info section existing item record).</p>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
|
||||
|
||||
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
|
||||
<title>Join Style?</title>
|
||||
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="../responsive.css?v=20260110083000" type="text/css">
|
||||
|
||||
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
font.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
-->
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
<style type="text/css">
|
||||
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 13PT - V3 */
|
||||
* { font-size: 13pt !important; }
|
||||
body, body *, p, p *, li, li *, ol, ol *, ul, ul *, div, div *, span, span *, td, td *, th, th *, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, font, font * {
|
||||
font-size: 13pt !important;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Join Style?</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven_style_oview.htm">Style Overview</a> <span style="color: #c0c0c0;">|</span> <a href="inven408.htm">Edit a Style</a></p>
|
||||
<div>
|
||||
<p style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; text-align: right; font-size: 10pt;
|
||||
color: #800000;">Pro</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Note">This information applies to the message received when adding or editing an inventory item with the same definition as an existing style.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">You got this message because the department and description entries for the item you are attempting to add/edit matches an existing style. A <a href="../qbpos_glossary_of_terms/glossarypage.htm#glossary_style">style</a> is defined by the combination of <font class="hcp1">Department</font> and <font class="hcp1">Item Name</font> entries on an item record.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">You have three options:</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Join this item to the existing style. In this case, you must also enter a unique size/attribute combination to make this item unique within the style.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Change the Department and/or Item Name of this item so it doesnt match the existing style.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Cancel your changes to this item, and go to the existing item(s) in inventory.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Info-Line">Trying to add the same item for a different vendor?</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Use the <a href="inv_multivendor.htm">alternate vendor</a> option (located on the Additional Info tab) of the existing item record instead.</p>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
42
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven_hdi.htm
Normal file
42
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven_hdi.htm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
|
||||
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
|
||||
<title>Inventory: How Do I?</title>
|
||||
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="../responsive.css?v=20260110083000" type="text/css">
|
||||
<style type="text/css">
|
||||
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 13PT - V3 */
|
||||
* { font-size: 13pt !important; }
|
||||
body, body *, p, p *, li, li *, ol, ol *, ul, ul *, div, div *, span, span *, td, td *, th, th *, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, font, font * {
|
||||
font-size: 13pt !important;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Inventory: How Do I?</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">This is a popup topic and has been hidden</p>
|
||||
 
|
||||
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="inven402.htm">Add an item</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/navigation_find/basic_find_item.htm">Find an item</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="inven404.htm">Edit an item</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic262.htm">Filter the item list</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_customizelistcolumns.htm">Customize item list columns</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="inven435.htm">Use service and non-inventory Items</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="inven_itemhistory.htm">View an items history</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="inven434.htm">Use reorder points and reminders</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/printing/basic338.htm">Print price tags</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="inven421.htm">Print my item list</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Click anywhere to close this window</p>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
63
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven_item_addlinfo.htm
Normal file
63
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven_item_addlinfo.htm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
|
||||
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
|
||||
<title>Item: Additional Information</title>
|
||||
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="../responsive.css?v=20260110083000" type="text/css">
|
||||
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
span.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
font.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
-->
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
<style type="text/css">
|
||||
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 13PT - V3 */
|
||||
* { font-size: 13pt !important; }
|
||||
body, body *, p, p *, li, li *, ol, ol *, ul, ul *, div, div *, span, span *, td, td *, th, th *, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, font, font * {
|
||||
font-size: 13pt !important;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Item: Additional Information</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="invenvoverview.htm">Inventory Overview</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="inven402.htm">Add Items</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="inven436.htm">About Item Types</a></p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">This applies only to legacy item form. Left in place since users can get to this form.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Note">This information applies to the <span class="hcp1">Additional Info</span> tab on an item form in inventory.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Additional Vendor Information (Pro)</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Select <span class="hcp1">Add/Edit Alternate Vendors</span> and add up to four alternate vendors for the item, each with a unique UPC, Alternate Lookup, and order cost. <a href="inv_multivendor.htm">Learn more</a>.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Miscellaneous Settings</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Select the checkboxes, as appropriate for the item.</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><font class="hcp2">Print Tags</font> select to include this item when printing tags. For items that you do not tag, clear the check box. This will help prevent inadvertently printing the tags when the item is included on a document or in a list for which you are printing tags.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><font class="hcp2">Unorderable</font> select to have the items <a href="../qbpos_glossary_of_terms/glossarypage.htm#glossary_reorderpoint">reorder point</a> temporarily ignored and to be alerted if the item is listed on a purchase order or receiving voucher. This option can be used to remove seasonal or discontinued merchandise from your reorder <a href="../qbpos_glossary_of_terms/glossarypage.htm#glossary_reminders">reminders</a> and reports.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><font class="hcp2">Serial # Tracking</font> (Pro) select to be prompted to enter serial numbers when this item is listed on a document. <a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_serial_number.htm">Learn more</a>.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><font class="hcp2">Eligible for Commission</font> (Pro) select to include sales of this item when calculating commissions for your associates. <a href="../qbpos_secadmin/secadmin_commissions.htm">Learn more</a>.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Define QuickBooks Item Account Information</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Available only if integrated with QuickBooks financial software. You can customize the way item transactions are sent to QuickBooks by specifying QuickBooks accounts here. By default, the item accounts are auto-filled using the default item accounts specified in company preferences, but you can change them on an item basis on this window. <a href="../qbpos_qb_data_exchange/financialexchange_itemaccounts.htm">Learn more</a>.</p>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
64
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven_itemhistory.htm
Normal file
64
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven_itemhistory.htm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
|
||||
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
|
||||
<title>Item History and Statistics</title>
|
||||
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="../responsive.css?v=20260110083000" type="text/css">
|
||||
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
span.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
font.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
font.hcp3 { font-style:italic; }
|
||||
-->
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
<style type="text/css">
|
||||
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 13PT - V3 */
|
||||
* { font-size: 13pt !important; }
|
||||
body, body *, p, p *, li, li *, ol, ol *, ul, ul *, div, div *, span, span *, td, td *, th, th *, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, font, font * {
|
||||
font-size: 13pt !important;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body><a name="642b3b9347ca42c9b00b820c00c373fa=1"></a>
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Item History and Statistics</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="invenvoverview.htm">Inventory Overview</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="inven_itemratings.htm">Item Ratings & Trends</a> <span style="color: #c0c0c0;">|</span> <a href="inven_reports.htm">Inventory Reports</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Item history provides a listing of every <a href="../qbpos_glossary_of_terms/glossarypage.htm#glossary_transactionaldocs">transactional document</a> that has affected an item and a running tally of changes in on-hand quantity. You can click any listed document to view it.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Item Statistics include an item summary, including cost and profit information and total quantities in/out.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Item History  </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">(Pro) Item history can be viewed only at Headquarters. Headquarters can filter to view the history for any one store or for the entire company.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">To view an item's history, with the item record in Edit mode (displayed in a form), expand the <span class="hcp1">History</span> section.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">  <img src="../image/inven_itemhistory.gif" alt="image\inven_itemhistory.gif" title="image\inven_itemhistory.gif" width="270" height="165" border="0"></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">The most recent documents are at the top of the list.</p>
|
||||
<ul style="list-style: disc;">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">To view a listed document, double-click it.  You are taken to the appropriate history list with the document pre-selected. Normal <a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_historydocs_copy.htm">copy</a>, <a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_historydocs_reversing.htm">reverse</a>, and <a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_edit_documents.htm">edit</a> capabilities are available for the document. When done, click <span class="hcp1">Go Back</span> at the bottom of the document to return to inventory.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">The <font class="hcp2">Change</font> column lists the documents effect on item on-hand quantities. For example, a sale results in the on-hand quantity being reduced, therefore the <font class="hcp2">Qty Change</font> is a <font class="hcp3">negative</font> number. Likewise, receiving a quantity into inventory is shown as a <font class="hcp3">positive</font> number.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">The <font class="hcp2">On-Handy</font> column displays a running total of the on-hand quantity, after being adjusted by the document.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">If the item is listed multiple times on a document (example: a customer exchange for the same item), the document is listed twice, once for the return (a positive quantity) and once for the new sale (negative quantity)</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Item Statistics</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Expand the <span class="hcp1">Statistics</span> section on the item record to view a graphical rating of the item's relative performance in your inventory as well as total sales, cost, profit, and  quantities in/out. This information reflects the time period specified for item ratings in preferences.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven_itemratings.htm">Learn more about item ratings</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Related-Topics">    <img src="../image/itemratings.gif" alt="Item Statistics" title="Item Statistics" style="border: none;" width="305" height="291" border="0"></p>
|
||||
<p class="Related-Topics"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Related-Topics"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_historydocs_reversing.htm">Reverse a history document</a></p>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
230
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven_itempics.htm
Normal file
230
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven_itempics.htm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,230 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
|
||||
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
|
||||
<title>Add Pictures to Your Items</title>
|
||||
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="../responsive.css?v=20260110083000" type="text/css">
|
||||
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
img.hcp1 { border:none; }
|
||||
table.hcp2 { vertical-align:top; }
|
||||
tr.hcp3 { vertical-align:top; }
|
||||
td.hcp4 { padding-right:10px;
|
||||
padding-left:10px; }
|
||||
ol.hcp5 { list-style:decimal; }
|
||||
span.hcp6 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
ul.hcp7 { list-style:disc; }
|
||||
-->
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
<style type="text/css">
|
||||
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 13PT - V3 */
|
||||
* { font-size: 13pt !important; }
|
||||
body, body *, p, p *, li, li *, ol, ol *, ul, ul *, div, div *, span, span *, td, td *, th, th *, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, font, font * {
|
||||
font-size: 13pt !important;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-1">Add Pictures to Your Items</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven402.htm">Add New Items</a> <span style="color: #c0c0c0;">|</span> <a href="../qbposimp/importexport_itempics.htm">Import/Export Pictures</a></p>
|
||||
<div style="float: none;">
|
||||
<p style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; text-align: right; font-size: 10pt;
|
||||
color: #800000;">Pro</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a1">Why add pictures to my items? <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp1"></a></p>
|
||||
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP297599117" style="display: none;">
|
||||
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp2">
|
||||
<col style="width: 100%;">
|
||||
<tr class="hcp3">
|
||||
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<p>Nothing can replace the simplicity of identifying items by seeing them. There are many in-store advantages to adding pictures or photos to your item records. An item can be mislabeled in error, or the tag swapped intentionally by an unscrupulous customer.</p>
|
||||
<p>By associating an image of the item in the items record, you can easily identify if the item has the correct tag. It can also be easier to find an item on the shelf or on a rack if you can first see a picture of the item.</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a3">Are there any disadvantages to adding item pictures? <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp1"></a></p>
|
||||
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP297614846" style="display: none;">
|
||||
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp2">
|
||||
<col style="width: 100%;">
|
||||
<tr class="hcp3">
|
||||
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<p>If you have a large inventory, adding pictures to all your items can significantly increase the size of your data file and the time it takes to back up your data.</p>
|
||||
<p>These issues can be minimized by not routinely including the item pictures in your data backups.</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a4">Picture file formats and attributes <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp1"></a></p>
|
||||
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP249045009" style="display: none;">
|
||||
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp2">
|
||||
<col style="width: 100%;">
|
||||
<tr class="hcp3">
|
||||
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<p>You can assign or import pictures in JPG, GIF, BMP and TIF formats. However, Point of Sale converts and stores all pictures in the JPG format.</p>
|
||||
<p>The maximum picture size is 1000 pixels by 1000 pixels. If you attempt to add a picture larger than this, Point of Sale will resize it to this dimension. Since these pictures are intended for viewing on your computer monitor, the recommended resolution is 72 dpi. Higher resolutions will increase file sizes, which in turn increases disk space and loading time.</p>
|
||||
<p>Picture file information is preserved when the picture is brought into Point of Sale. Additionally, information for the picture name, size, and last edit date is also saved.</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a2">Making the picture fields available in inventory and on documents <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp1"></a></p>
|
||||
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP292421196" style="display: none;">
|
||||
<table cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC" class="hcp2">
|
||||
<col style="width: 100%;">
|
||||
<tr class="hcp3">
|
||||
<td style="width:100%;" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To add the picture fields to Point of Sale:</p>
|
||||
<ol class="hcp5">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">From the File menu, select <span class="hcp6">Preferences > Company</span>.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Select <span class="hcp6">Inventory</span> from the preferences list on the left.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Select the check box labeled <span class="hcp6">I want to associate pictures with my inventory items</span>.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <span class="hcp6">Save</span>.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">A thumbnail of the default picture added to the item record will be displayed on sales receipts, customer orders, purchase orders, and receiving vouchers. Click the thumbnail to view the full-size picture.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><img src="../image/receipt_itempic.gif" alt="Item Picture on Sales Receipt" width="541" height="90" border="0" class="hcp1"></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">You can turn on/off the display of pictures on order documents, if you prefer. With a document displayed, from the I Want To menu, click <span class="hcp6">Show</span> <span class="hcp6">Item Picture</span>.</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">You can associate up to two pictures with each item or item style in inventory. The pictures can then automatically be viewed at all workstations on your network when you display the item record and when adding the item to most Point of Sale documents.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">The <span style="font-style: italic;">default</span> picture is used to generate the thumbnail picture displayed throughout Point of Sale. An alternate picture can also be assigned so you can switch between them.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To quickly add one picture to an item:<img src="../image/inven_additempic.gif" alt="Add item picture" title="Add item picture" width="218" height="76" align="right" border="0" class="hcp1"></p>
|
||||
<ol class="hcp5">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Make the picture fields available as described above.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Find the item in your item list and click <span class="hcp6">Show Details</span>.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Click the <span class="hcp6">Click here to assign a picture</span> field adjacent to the Item Name.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">In the Open file window, browse to the picture file and double-click it.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To add a second picture, remove a picture, or swap between pictures:<img src="../image/inven_edit_itempic.gif" alt="Edit item picture" title="Edit item picture" width="219" height="76" align="right" border="0" class="hcp1"></p>
|
||||
<ol class="hcp5">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Find the item in your item list and click <span class="hcp6">Show Details</span>.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Click the current picture adjacent to the Item Name.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <span class="hcp6">Edit</span>. The Pictures window is opened in edit mode as shown below.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><img src="../image/inven_edit_itempic2.gif" alt="Item Pictures" title="Item Pictures" width="406" height="300" border="0" class="hcp1"></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
<ol start="4" class="hcp5">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Use the action buttons to edit the picture(s):</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<ul class="hcp7">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><span class="hcp6">Clear</span> to delete a picture.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><span class="hcp6">Browse</span> to picture to add a picture or to replace an existing picture.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List"><span class="hcp6">Swap</span> to change positions of the primary (left) and alternate pictures (right).</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<ol start="5" class="hcp5">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">When done, click <span class="hcp6">Close Picture Window</span> in the upper-left.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <span class="hcp6">Save</span> to save your edits.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To add pictures to a style:</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">All items in the style will display the pictures assigned in this manner. <span class="hcp6">After</span> assigning a style picture, you can change the pictures for individual items within the style using the procedure above.</p>
|
||||
<ol class="hcp5">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Display a style item record.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Click the <span class="hcp6">Style</span> button on the item form. The Style window is opened.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Add a picture at the top of the Style window in the same manner as above .</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Save the style record.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-2">The Inventory Picture Album</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">The Inventory Picture Album displays your default item pictures and provides an alternate method for viewing and working with your item list. Most actions available in the item list are also available from the picture album.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<ul class="hcp7">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">From the inventory I Want To menu, select <span class="hcp6">View Inventory Picture Album</span>.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Double-click a picture to open the item record for viewing or editing.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Right-click a picture or open the I Want To menu to select other available tasks.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Notes:</p>
|
||||
<ul class="hcp7">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">You can also add item pictures by dragging-and-dropping the picture file unto one of the picture slots. Reduce the size of the Point of Sale window before opening the item record so you can position Windows Explorer alongside to facilitate dragging the needed file.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Text" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">If you need to add pictures for a lot of items at once, consider <a href="../qbposimp/importexport_itempics.htm">importing</a> them with the Data Import Wizard. Use the link at the top of this page top learn more about importing pictures.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Your item list can be <a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_customizelistcolumns.htm">customized</a> to include the <span class="hcp6">Picture Assigned</span> column which indicates whether a picture has been assigned to an item. Item reports can also be <a href="../qbpos_reports_and_sales_charts/reports02.htm">modified</a> to show whether an item has a picture assigned, and to display the picture name.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">(Multi-store) Only Headquarters can add or edit item pictures. Headquarters can then <a href="../qbpos_multi_store/stex_preparepics.htm">send the pictures to remote stores</a>, making them available to view there.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven_itempics.htm">Return to top</a></p>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" language="JavaScript1.2">//<![CDATA[
|
||||
if( typeof( TextPopupInit ) != 'function' ) TextPopupInit = new Function();
|
||||
TextPopupInit('a1','POPUP297599117');
|
||||
TextPopupInit('a3','POPUP297614846');
|
||||
TextPopupInit('a4','POPUP249045009');
|
||||
TextPopupInit('a2','POPUP292421196');
|
||||
//]]></script>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
84
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven_itemratings.htm
Normal file
84
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven_itemratings.htm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
|
||||
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
|
||||
<title>Item Ratings & Trends</title>
|
||||
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="../responsive.css?v=20260110083000" type="text/css">
|
||||
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
span.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
img.hcp2 { border:none; }
|
||||
-->
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
<style type="text/css">
|
||||
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 13PT - V3 */
|
||||
* { font-size: 13pt !important; }
|
||||
body, body *, p, p *, li, li *, ol, ol *, ul, ul *, div, div *, span, span *, td, td *, th, th *, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, font, font * {
|
||||
font-size: 13pt !important;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Item Ratings & Trends</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven_itemhistory.htm">View Item History</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="invenvoverview.htm">Inventory Overview</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Item ratings and trends provide graphical rankings of sales performance based on profit, net sales quantity, or net sales dollars, over a specified time period.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">This feature helps you quickly identify hot-selling items that you might want to feature and slow-movers that require corrective action.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Shown below is the <span class="hcp1">Statistics</span> section of  an item record, which includes the graphical item rating and quantitative sales, profit, and margin information for the item. Trends are not included in this  window.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Both <span class="hcp1">Ratings</span> and <span class="hcp1">Trends</span> columns can be added to your item list using the <a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_customizelistcolumns.htm">customize list columns</a> feature..</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">   <img src="../image/itemratings.gif" alt="image\itemratings.gif" title="image\itemratings.gif" width="305" height="291" border="0"></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Turning on Ratings & Trends</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Ratings and trends can be turned on/off and the performance criteria and time period set by the Server Workstation on the Ratings & Trends page of <a href="../qbpos_company_preferences/companyprefs_ratings.htm">company preferences</a>. You may also have to customize your item list <a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_customizelistcolumns.htm">columns</a> or <a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_customizesummarypane.htm">information panel</a> to view the rankings.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-2">About Item Ratings</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Item ratings use a familiar five star system, reflecting the performance of the item over the specified time period. Each additional star represents the next 20th percentile of the range between the highest and lowest values in the ranked value. Hover your mouse over the star icons to view the actual ranked values for an item and the maximum in the period for all items.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Items with no sales in the period are rated at 0 stars. Items that have never been sold display <img src="../image/question_marks.gif" alt="image\question_marks.gif" title="image\question_marks.gif" width="64" height="16" border="0">.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="javascript:void(0);" id="a1" onmouseover="if (parseInt(navigator.appVersion) >= 4 && typeof(BSPSPopupOnMouseOver) == 'function') BSPSPopupOnMouseOver(event);" class="BSSCPopup" onclick="BSSCPopup('inven_itemratings_example.htm');return false;">View Ratings Example<img src="../image/yellow_up.gif" alt="Click to display a popup topic" title="Click to display a popup topic" width="10" height="12" border="0" class="hcp2"></a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;"> </p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-2">About Item Trends</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">The sales performance trend of an item is indicated by up/down arrow icons. The icons are representative of the degree of performance change between the current period compared to the previous period of the same duration. Hove your mouse over the icon to see actual values for both periods and the change percentage.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">For example, if you select in preferences to rank for the last 90 days, the trend compares sales in the last 90 days to sales in the previous 90 day period (i.e., 91-180 days ago).</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven_itemratings_example.htm">View Trend Example<img src="../image/yellow_up.gif" alt="Click to display a popup topic" title="Click to display a popup topic" width="10" height="12" border="0" class="hcp2"></a></p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Notes:</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">The ranking period can be set from 1 to 999 days. If you choose a 999 day current ranking period, trends will not apply as sales data is not read for the previous 999 days.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Rankings are updated at least once a day (on program startup or automatically between 1 am and 5 am if your computer is running). Rankings are not updated for the current days sales as they are made.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">The ability to view item rankings can be controlled by a <a href="../qbpos_secadmin/secadmin01.htm#secadmin_midtopic_09">security right</a>.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Group items are never ranked; but the group component items are ranked individually.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">(Multi-Store) Rankings are calculated at Headquarters only and reflect sales at all stores. They are sent to remote stores where they can be viewed.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" language="JavaScript1.2">
|
||||
//<![CDATA[
|
||||
if( typeof( FilePopupInit ) != 'function' ) FilePopupInit = new Function();
|
||||
FilePopupInit('a1');
|
||||
//]]>
|
||||
</script>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
|
||||
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
|
||||
<title>inven_itemratings_example</title>
|
||||
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="../responsive.css?v=20260110083000" type="text/css">
|
||||
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
tr.hcp1 { vertical-align:top; }
|
||||
font.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
td.hcp3 { border-top:0.50pt solid #000000;
|
||||
border-bottom:0.75pt solid #000000;
|
||||
border-left:0.75pt solid #000000;
|
||||
border-right:0.75pt solid #000000;
|
||||
padding-left:1px;
|
||||
padding-top:1px;
|
||||
padding-right:1px;
|
||||
padding-bottom:1px; }
|
||||
td.hcp4 { border-top:0.75pt solid #000000;
|
||||
border-bottom:0.75pt solid #000000;
|
||||
border-left:0.50pt solid #000000;
|
||||
border-right:0.75pt solid #000000;
|
||||
padding-left:1px;
|
||||
padding-top:1px;
|
||||
padding-right:1px;
|
||||
padding-bottom:1px; }
|
||||
td.hcp5 { border-top:0.75pt solid #000000;
|
||||
border-bottom:0.75pt solid #000000;
|
||||
border-left:0.75pt solid #000000;
|
||||
border-right:0.75pt solid #000000;
|
||||
padding-left:1px;
|
||||
padding-top:1px;
|
||||
padding-right:1px;
|
||||
padding-bottom:1px; }
|
||||
td.hcp6 { border-top:0.75pt solid #000000;
|
||||
border-bottom:0.75pt solid #000000;
|
||||
border-left:0.75pt solid #000000;
|
||||
border-right:0.50pt solid #000000;
|
||||
padding-left:1px;
|
||||
padding-top:1px;
|
||||
padding-right:1px;
|
||||
padding-bottom:1px; }
|
||||
-->
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
<style type="text/css">
|
||||
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 13PT - V3 */
|
||||
* { font-size: 13pt !important; }
|
||||
body, body *, p, p *, li, li *, ol, ol *, ul, ul *, div, div *, span, span *, td, td *, th, th *, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, font, font * {
|
||||
font-size: 13pt !important;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-1">Item Trend Example</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">This is a popup topic and has been hidden</p>
|
||||
 
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Your Ratings & Trends preferences are set to rank performance by net sales dollars for the last 90 days. The comparison period is the previous 90 days to that (i.e., sales made 91 180 days ago).</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Here is the trend of five items of varying sales for the period and previous period.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;"> </p>
|
||||
<table style="margin-left: 0.90pt; border-collapse: separate; border-collapse: separate;" cellspacing="0" width="556" border="1">
|
||||
<tr class="hcp1">
|
||||
<td style="width: 11.00%; border-top: 0.50pt solid #000000; border-bottom: 0.75pt solid #000000; border-left: 0.50pt solid #000000; border-right: 0.75pt solid #000000; padding-left: 1px; padding-top: 1px; padding-right: 1px; padding-bottom: 1px;" bgcolor="#E6E6E6">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;"><font class="hcp2">Item #</font></p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:12.51%;" bgcolor="#E6E6E6" class="hcp3">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;"><font class="hcp2">Sales $ Current Period</font></p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:14.56%;" bgcolor="#E6E6E6" class="hcp3">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;"><font class="hcp2">Sales $ Previous Period</font></p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:13.48%;" bgcolor="#E6E6E6" class="hcp3">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;"><font class="hcp2">Change</font></p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:16.18%;" bgcolor="#E6E6E6" class="hcp3">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;"><font class="hcp2">Trend Icon</font></p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width: 32.25%; border-top: 0.50pt solid #000000; border-bottom: 0.75pt solid #000000; border-left: 0.75pt solid #000000; border-right: 0.50pt solid #000000; padding-left: 1px; padding-top: 1px; padding-right: 1px; padding-bottom: 1px;" bgcolor="#E6E6E6">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp2">Trend Description</font></p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="hcp1">
|
||||
<td style="width:11.00%;" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">1</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:12.51%;" class="hcp5">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">$2,430</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:14.56%;" class="hcp5">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">$1,203</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:13.48%;" class="hcp5">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">+ 102%</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:16.18%;" class="hcp5">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;"><img src="../image/trend_double_up.gif" alt="image\trend_double_up.gif" title="image\trend_double_up.gif" width="16" height="16" border="0"></p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:32.25%;" class="hcp6">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Strong trend up (+ 51% >)</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="hcp1">
|
||||
<td style="width:11.00%;" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">2</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:12.51%;" class="hcp5">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">$3,344</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:14.56%;" class="hcp5">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">$2,537</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:13.48%;" class="hcp5">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">+ 32 %</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:16.18%;" class="hcp5">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;"><img src="../image/trend_up.gif" alt="image\trend_up.gif" title="image\trend_up.gif" width="16" height="16" border="0"></p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:32.25%;" class="hcp6">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Trend up (+ 11 50%)</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="hcp1">
|
||||
<td style="width:11.00%;" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">3</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:12.51%;" class="hcp5">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">$1,694</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:14.56%;" class="hcp5">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">$1,800</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:13.48%;" class="hcp5">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;"> 6%</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:16.18%;" class="hcp5">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;"><img src="../image/trend_flat.gif" alt="image\trend_flat.gif" title="image\trend_flat.gif" width="16" height="16" border="0"></p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:32.25%;" class="hcp6">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Flat (+/ 0 - 10%)</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="hcp1">
|
||||
<td style="width:11.00%;" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">4</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:12.51%;" class="hcp5">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">$723</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:14.56%;" class="hcp5">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">$891</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:13.48%;" class="hcp5">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;"> 19%</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:16.18%;" class="hcp5">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;"><img src="../image/trend_down.gif" alt="image\trend_down.gif" title="image\trend_down.gif" width="16" height="16" border="0"></p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:32.25%;" class="hcp6">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Trend down ( 11 - 50%)</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="hcp1">
|
||||
<td style="width:11.00%;" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">5</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:12.51%;" class="hcp5">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">$719</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:14.56%;" class="hcp5">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">$2,248</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:13.48%;" class="hcp5">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;"> 68%</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:16.18%;" class="hcp5">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;"><img src="../image/trend_double_down.gif" alt="image\trend_double_down.gif" title="image\trend_double_down.gif" width="16" height="16" border="0"></p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:32.25%;" class="hcp6">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Strong trend down ( 51% >)</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">All numbers rounded for simplicity.</p>
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
<?rh-placeholder type="footer" ?> -->
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
187
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven_itemtrend_example.htm
Normal file
187
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven_itemtrend_example.htm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
|
||||
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
|
||||
<title>inven_itemtrend_example</title>
|
||||
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="../responsive.css?v=20260110083000" type="text/css">
|
||||
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
tr.hcp1 { vertical-align:top; }
|
||||
font.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
td.hcp3 { border-top:0.50pt solid #000000;
|
||||
border-bottom:0.75pt solid #000000;
|
||||
border-left:0.75pt solid #000000;
|
||||
border-right:0.75pt solid #000000;
|
||||
padding-left:1px;
|
||||
padding-top:1px;
|
||||
padding-right:1px;
|
||||
padding-bottom:1px; }
|
||||
td.hcp4 { border-top:0.75pt solid #000000;
|
||||
border-bottom:0.75pt solid #000000;
|
||||
border-left:0.50pt solid #000000;
|
||||
border-right:0.75pt solid #000000;
|
||||
padding-left:1px;
|
||||
padding-top:1px;
|
||||
padding-right:1px;
|
||||
padding-bottom:1px; }
|
||||
td.hcp5 { border-top:0.75pt solid #000000;
|
||||
border-bottom:0.75pt solid #000000;
|
||||
border-left:0.75pt solid #000000;
|
||||
border-right:0.75pt solid #000000;
|
||||
padding-left:1px;
|
||||
padding-top:1px;
|
||||
padding-right:1px;
|
||||
padding-bottom:1px; }
|
||||
td.hcp6 { border-top:0.75pt solid #000000;
|
||||
border-bottom:0.75pt solid #000000;
|
||||
border-left:0.75pt solid #000000;
|
||||
border-right:0.50pt solid #000000;
|
||||
padding-left:1px;
|
||||
padding-top:1px;
|
||||
padding-right:1px;
|
||||
padding-bottom:1px; }
|
||||
-->
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
<style type="text/css">
|
||||
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 13PT - V3 */
|
||||
* { font-size: 13pt !important; }
|
||||
body, body *, p, p *, li, li *, ol, ol *, ul, ul *, div, div *, span, span *, td, td *, th, th *, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, font, font * {
|
||||
font-size: 13pt !important;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-1">Item Ratings Example</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">This is a popup topic and has been hidden.</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Your Ratings & Trends preferences are set to rank performance by net quantity sold for the last 365 days. Quantity sales of your items for the period ranged from zero (0) to 800 units.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Here is an example of how seven of your items are rated.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;"> </p>
|
||||
<table style="margin-left: 1.35pt; border-collapse: separate; border-collapse: separate;" cellspacing="0" width="456" border="1">
|
||||
<tr class="hcp1">
|
||||
<td style="width: 13.16%; border-top: 0.50pt solid #000000; border-bottom: 0.75pt solid #000000; border-left: 0.50pt solid #000000; border-right: 0.75pt solid #000000; padding-left: 1px; padding-top: 1px; padding-right: 1px; padding-bottom: 1px;" bgcolor="#E6E6E6">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;"><font class="hcp2">Item #</font></p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:19.74%;" bgcolor="#E6E6E6" class="hcp3">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;"><font class="hcp2">Sales Qty</font></p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:19.74%;" bgcolor="#E6E6E6" class="hcp3">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;"><font class="hcp2">Rating</font></p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width: 47.37%; border-top: 0.50pt solid #000000; border-bottom: 0.75pt solid #000000; border-left: 0.75pt solid #000000; border-right: 0.50pt solid #000000; padding-left: 1px; padding-top: 1px; padding-right: 1px; padding-bottom: 1px;" bgcolor="#E6E6E6">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp2">Rating Description</font></p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="hcp1">
|
||||
<td style="width:13.16%;" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">1</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:19.74%;" class="hcp5">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">800</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:19.74%;" class="hcp5">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;"><img src="../image/5_stars.gif" alt="image\5_stars.gif" title="image\5_stars.gif" width="64" height="16" border="0"></p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:47.37%;" class="hcp6">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">5 Stars (81st to 100th percentile)</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="hcp1">
|
||||
<td style="width:13.16%;" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">2</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:19.74%;" class="hcp5">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">592</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:19.74%;" class="hcp5">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;"><img src="../image/4_stars.gif" alt="image\4_stars.gif" title="image\4_stars.gif" width="64" height="16" border="0"></p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:47.37%;" class="hcp6">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">4 Stars (61st to 80th percentile)</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="hcp1">
|
||||
<td style="width:13.16%;" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">3</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:19.74%;" class="hcp5">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">380</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:19.74%;" class="hcp5">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;"><img src="../image/3_stars.gif" alt="image\3_stars.gif" title="image\3_stars.gif" width="64" height="16" border="0"></p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:47.37%;" class="hcp6">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">3 Stars (41st to 60th percentile)</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="hcp1">
|
||||
<td style="width:13.16%;" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">4</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:19.74%;" class="hcp5">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">201</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:19.74%;" class="hcp5">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;"><img src="../image/2_stars.gif" alt="image\2_stars.gif" title="image\2_stars.gif" width="64" height="16" border="0"></p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:47.37%;" class="hcp6">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">2 Stars (21st to 40th percentile)</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="hcp1">
|
||||
<td style="width:13.16%;" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">5</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:19.74%;" class="hcp5">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">72</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:19.74%;" class="hcp5">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;"><img src="../image/1_stars.gif" alt="image\1_stars.gif" title="image\1_stars.gif" width="64" height="16" border="0"></p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:47.37%;" class="hcp6">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">1 Stars (0 to 20th percentile)</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="hcp1">
|
||||
<td style="width:13.16%;" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">6</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:19.74%;" class="hcp5">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">0</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:19.74%;" class="hcp5">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;"><img src="../image/0_stars.gif" alt="image\0_stars.gif" title="image\0_stars.gif" width="64" height="16" border="0"></p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:47.37%;" class="hcp6">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">0 Stars (No sales this period)</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="hcp1">
|
||||
<td style="width:13.16%;" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">7</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:19.74%;" class="hcp5">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">0</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:19.74%;" class="hcp5">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;"><img src="../image/question_marks.gif" alt="image\question_marks.gif" title="image\question_marks.gif" width="64" height="16" border="0"></p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:47.37%;" class="hcp6">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Item has never been sold</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">You will not necessarily see an even distribution of ratings for your items. If all of your items tend to sell in approximately the same volume, they could in theory all be five-star performers. Lengthening the ranking period may help spread the distribution.</p>
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
<?rh-placeholder type="footer" ?> -->
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
111
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven_mergeitems.htm
Normal file
111
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven_mergeitems.htm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
|
||||
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
|
||||
<title>Merge Item Records</title>
|
||||
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="../responsive.css?v=20260110083000" type="text/css">
|
||||
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
ul.hcp1 { list-style:disc; }
|
||||
ol.hcp2 { list-style:decimal; }
|
||||
img.hcp3 { border:none; }
|
||||
span.hcp4 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
-->
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
<style type="text/css">
|
||||
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 13PT - V3 */
|
||||
* { font-size: 13pt !important; }
|
||||
body, body *, p, p *, li, li *, ol, ol *, ul, ul *, div, div *, span, span *, td, td *, th, th *, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, font, font * {
|
||||
font-size: 13pt !important;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-1">Merge Item Records</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/navigation_find/basic_find_item.htm">Find an Item</a> <span style="color: #c0c0c0;">|</span> <a href="inven406.htm">Delete an Item</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="inven404.htm">Edit an Item</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="help-text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Occasionally you may find that you inadvertently entered the same item into inventory twice or that you have two items you prefer to track as a single item. Merging them allows you to combine the two items into a single item record with the combined history of both. You specify which of the item records is kept and which is removed.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">The following rules apply to merging items. See the notes below for additional information.</p>
|
||||
<ul class="hcp1">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Only two items can be merged at a time</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Both items must be of the same <a href="inven436.htm">item type</a></p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">(Pro) Merging of assembly or group items requires that both items include the same component items</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">(Pro) Merging items can be done at Headquarters only</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To merge two items:</p>
|
||||
<ol class="hcp2">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">From your item list, select one or both of the items you wish to merge. <a href="javascript:void(0);" id="a2" onmouseover="if (parseInt(navigator.appVersion) >= 4 && typeof(BSPSPopupOnMouseOver) == 'function') BSPSPopupOnMouseOver(event);" class="BSSCPopup" onclick="BSSCPopup('../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_list_multiselect.htm.htm');return false;">How do I select multiple records?<img src="../image/yellow_up.gif" alt="Click to display a popup topic" title="Click to display a popup topic" width="10" height="12" border="0" class="hcp3"></a></p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<ol start="2" class="hcp2">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">From the I Want To menu, select <span class="hcp4">Merge</span>.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Indent">The Merge Items window is opened. The item to be kept is shown on the left and the item to be removed is on the right. Review the items to ensure they are correct:</p>
|
||||
<ul class="hcp1">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List">Select <span class="hcp4">Swap</span> between the items to reverse positions of the items</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List">Use the drop-down list and normal item <a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/navigation_find/basic_find_item.htm">Find</a> procedures to add the second item or change items if necessary</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<ol start="3" class="hcp2">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Select <span class="hcp4">Merge Items</span>.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Indent">If the item being removed was included on prior transactions or is a component item of another assembly or group item, a list of the documents and item records that will be affected by the merge is displayed. <a href="javascript:void(0);" id="a1" onmouseover="if (parseInt(navigator.appVersion) >= 4 && typeof(BSPSPopupOnMouseOver) == 'function') BSPSPopupOnMouseOver(event);" class="BSSCPopup" onclick="BSSCPopup('../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_merge_docsaffected.htm');return false;">How are they affected?<img src="../image/yellow_up.gif" alt="Click to display a popup topic" title="Click to display a popup topic" width="10" height="12" border="0" class="hcp3"></a></p>
|
||||
<ol start="4" class="hcp2">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Select <span class="hcp4">Merge Items</span>.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Indent">A confirmation dialog is displayed when the merge process is complete.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Notes:</p>
|
||||
<ul class="hcp1">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Quantities of the merged items are combined. All other values are preserved from the item record you select to keep. If necessary, you can edit the retained item after merging to revise these values.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Point of Sale <a href="../qbpos_adjustments/memo1318.htm">automatically creates adjustment memos</a> to combine item quantities and to update your inventory value (if the removed item had an average unit cost different than the retained item). These adjustment memos will have a <span class="hcp4">Reason</span> field entry of <span style="font-style: italic;">Merge Item</span>.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">All instances of the removed item on history documents, order documents, and active (but not saved) physical inventory counts are replaced with the retained item. However, the item cost is not recalculated on affected history documents.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">If you have an on-hand quantity of the removed item with printed price tags, you may have to reprint those tags from the retained item record so they include the correct item identifier, bar code, price, etc.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">( Pro)  Inventory changes resulting from an item merge are sent to remote stores with the next Store Exchange file. However, remote store history documents that are updated at Headquarters when merging items are not sent back to remote stores. The remote store history will continue to reflect the item circumstances in place at the time the original document was made at that store. The merge item procedure can also be initiated from the <a href="inven_reminders_dupitems.htm">Duplicate Item Reminders</a> window.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" language="JavaScript1.2">
|
||||
//<![CDATA[
|
||||
if( typeof( FilePopupInit ) != 'function' ) FilePopupInit = new Function();
|
||||
FilePopupInit('a2');
|
||||
FilePopupInit('a1');
|
||||
//]]>
|
||||
</script>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
|
||||
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
|
||||
<title>Item Costs/Prices in a Multi-Store Configuration</title>
|
||||
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="../responsive.css?v=20260110083000" type="text/css">
|
||||
<style type="text/css">
|
||||
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 13PT - V3 */
|
||||
* { font-size: 13pt !important; }
|
||||
body, body *, p, p *, li, li *, ol, ol *, ul, ul *, div, div *, span, span *, td, td *, th, th *, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, font, font * {
|
||||
font-size: 13pt !important;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Item Costs/Prices in a Multi-Store Configuration</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven410.htm">Enter/Edit Item Price and Cost</a> <span style="color: #c0c0c0;">|</span> <a href="inven_pricelevels.htm">Use Price Levels</a></p>
|
||||
<div>
|
||||
<p style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 10pt; text-align: right;
|
||||
color: #800000;"> </p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Note"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Note</span>: The ability to see cost fields can be controlled by <a href="../qbpos_secadmin/secadminoverview.htm">security rights</a>. If you do not have the right to view item costs, the fields will be masked like this "*****". This right affects cost fields in inventory and on all documents and reports.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Item costs are averaged as receiving vouchers are saved/received at Headquarters.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Headquarters defines all price levels, item prices, and item order costs. Remote stores cannot directly enter or edit costs or prices in inventory, therefore <a href="../qbpos_adjustments/memosoverview.htm">cost adjustment memos</a> and <a href="../qbpos_price_manager/pricemgroverview.htm">Price Manager</a> are only available at Headquarters.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Remote stores have the capability to select their own default price level and to discount prices at point of sale.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Price changes implemented at Headquarters are conveyed to remote stores, using the <a href="inven_reminders.htm">price change inventory reminders</a>. Remote stores can display the price changes made at Headquarters and print updated price tags or shelf stickers accordingly.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_recording_sales_and_returns/receipt1033.htm">Give sales discounts</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_multi_store/multi_store_overview.htm">Multi-store overview</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="invenvoverview.htm">Inventory overview</a></p>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
49
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven_ordercost.htm
Normal file
49
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven_ordercost.htm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
|
||||
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
|
||||
<title>About the Order Cost</title>
|
||||
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="../responsive.css?v=20260110083000" type="text/css">
|
||||
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
span.hcp1 { color:#c0c0c0; }
|
||||
span.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
font.hcp3 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
-->
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
<style type="text/css">
|
||||
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 13PT - V3 */
|
||||
* { font-size: 13pt !important; }
|
||||
body, body *, p, p *, li, li *, ol, ol *, ul, ul *, div, div *, span, span *, td, td *, th, th *, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, font, font * {
|
||||
font-size: 13pt !important;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">About the Order Cost</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="inven_avgunitcost.htm">About Average Cost</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="inven410.htm">Enter/Edit Cost</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="inven_pricecostrelationship.htm">Price/Cost Relationship</a></p>
|
||||
<div>
|
||||
<p style="text-align: right; font-family: Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 9pt;
|
||||
color: #800000;"><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Basic</span> </p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Note"><span class="hcp2">Note</span>: The ability to see cost fields, including margin and markup and other fields related to cost, can be controlled by <a href="../qbpos_secadmin/secadminoverview.htm">security rights</a>. If you do not have the right to view item costs, the fields will be masked like this "*****". This right affects cost fields in inventory and on all documents and reports.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Order cost (<font class="hcp3">Order Cost</font> field, located in the More Info section of the item record) is different than the <span class="hcp2">average unit cost</span>. An item's order cost is the cost you are currently paying your vendor for one unit of the item.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Over time, with cost increases, it is normal for your order cost to move higher than your average unit cost, as you may have some quantity left in stock that was purchased at a lower cost when new shipments are received.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">When you make a purchase order, the order cost in inventory is suggested as the purchase order cost. You can edit this cost on the PO, if necessary. When you receive the ordered items, the voucher that references the PO will automatically take its cost from the PO (if not referencing a PO, the order cost from inventory is suggested as the voucher cost).</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">When a voucher with a changed cost is saved it will automatically update the <font class="hcp3">Order Cost</font> field in inventory, so that the new order cost is suggested on the next PO or voucher made for the item. Point of Sale also calculates the new average unit cost for you in this situation.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic311.htm">Track decimal costs<img src="../image/yellow_up.gif" alt="Click to display a popup topic" title="Click to display a popup topic" style="border: none;" width="10" height="12" border="0"></a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="../qbpos_purchasing/po634.htm">Cost on POs</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="../qbpos_receiving/vouch751.htm">Cost on receiving vouchers</a></p>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
|
||||
|
||||
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
|
||||
<title>Price/Cost Relationship</title>
|
||||
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="../responsive.css?v=20260110083000" type="text/css">
|
||||
|
||||
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
span.hcp1 { color:#c0c0c0; }
|
||||
span.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
font.hcp3 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
-->
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
<style type="text/css">
|
||||
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 13PT - V3 */
|
||||
* { font-size: 13pt !important; }
|
||||
body, body *, p, p *, li, li *, ol, ol *, ul, ul *, div, div *, span, span *, td, td *, th, th *, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, font, font * {
|
||||
font-size: 13pt !important;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Price/Cost Relationship</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven_avgunitcost.htm">Average Unit Cost</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="inven_ordercost.htm">Order Cost</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="inven410.htm">Enter Item Cost and Prices</a></p>
|
||||
<div>
|
||||
<p style="text-align: right; font-family: Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 9pt;
|
||||
color: #800000;"><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Basic</span> </p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Note"><span class="hcp2">Note</span>: The ability to see cost fields, including margin and markup and other fields related to cost, can be controlled by <a href="../qbpos_secadmin/secadminoverview.htm">security rights</a>. If you do not have the right to view item costs, the fields will be masked like this "*****". This right affects cost fields in inventory and on all documents and reports.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Margin (<font class="hcp3">Margin %</font> field) expresses the profit relationship between what you paid for an item (average unit cost) and its regular price. Markup (<font class="hcp3">Markup %</font> field) is an alternative way to express the difference between an items cost and its price. Markup is a simple percentage increase from the item cost.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">There is an inter-relationship between the margin/markup fields and the other price/cost fields as follows:</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Enter either a margin or a markup percentage, and Point of Sale will calculate and display the other value for you. The two fields have identical behavior.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Define a margin or markup in a department record, and Point of Sale will calculate your regular price and the prices at your optional price levels for you as <span class="hcp2">new</span> items are added to inventory in this department (if the regular price is not manually entered).</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">If you or a receiving voucher update the average unit cost, the margin and markup percentages are recalculated. Prices are recalculated only if previously $ 0 (zero), although you can edit the price yourself from the receiving voucher.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Edit the margin or markup manually for an existing item in inventory, and Point of Sale will recalculate your regular price and the prices at your optional price levels.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Edit your regular price; the prices at other price levels are recalculated to maintain your specified markdown percentages. The margin and markup are also recalculated.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Edit the price or markdown percentage of any optional price level; the change to one price level has no affect on other prices.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_departments/dept309.htm">Use department pricing formulas for new items</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven404.htm">Edit an Item</a></p>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
84
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven_priceformula.htm
Normal file
84
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven_priceformula.htm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
|
||||
|
||||
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
|
||||
<title>Department Pricing Formula</title>
|
||||
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="../responsive.css?v=20260110083000" type="text/css">
|
||||
<object id="hhctrl" classid="clsid:ADB880A6-D8FF-11CF-9377-00AA003B7A11" width="0" height="0" vspace="0" hspace="0" border="0" type="application/x-oleobject"></object>
|
||||
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
tr.hcp1 { vertical-align:top; }
|
||||
font.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
-->
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
<style type="text/css">
|
||||
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 13PT - V3 */
|
||||
* { font-size: 13pt !important; }
|
||||
body, body *, p, p *, li, li *, ol, ol *, ul, ul *, div, div *, span, span *, td, td *, th, th *, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, font, font * {
|
||||
font-size: 13pt !important;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Department Pricing Formula</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven410.htm">Enter/Edit Item Price and Cost</a> <span style="color: #c0c0c0;">|</span> <a href="inven_pricelevels.htm">Use Price Levels</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="help-text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">You have the option of entering your new item prices manually or letting Point of Sale calculate them for you using a department pricing formula. When Point of Sale calculates new prices, it does so by applying the department margin (or markup) to the average item cost to arrive at the regular price.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">You specify the profit margin or markup to be used in your department records or on individual item records in inventory. If you enter one value, Point of Sale calculates the other.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Point of Sale uses the following pricing formula:</p>
|
||||
<table cellspacing="0" width="194">
|
||||
<col style="width: 54.749%;">
|
||||
<col style="width: 45.251%;">
|
||||
<tr style="height:25px;" class="hcp1">
|
||||
<td rowspan="2" style="width: 54.749%; padding-left: 1px; padding-top: 1px; padding-right: 1px; padding-bottom: 1px; vertical-align: center;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp2">Regular Price  =</font></p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="border-bottom: Solid 1px #000000; width: 45.251%; padding-left: 1px; padding-top: 1px; padding-right: 1px; padding-bottom: 1px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">Cost <font style="font-family: Symbol;" face="Symbol"></font> 100</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr style="height:17px;" class="hcp1">
|
||||
<td style="width: 45.251%; padding-left: 1px; padding-top: 1px; padding-right: 1px; padding-bottom: 1px;">
|
||||
<p style="text-align: center; margin-top: 2pt;">100 Margin</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Info-Line">Example</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">With an average unit cost of $10 and a 40% margin.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">(10 x 100)/(100 40) = $16.67 regular price</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Info-Line">If you want Point of Sale to calculate new item price(s) with a department pricing formula:</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Enter a margin or markup in your <a href="../qbpos_departments/dept309.htm">department records</a></p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Assign items to departments as you add them to inventory</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">DO NOT enter item prices when adding the new item to inventory, Point of Sale will calculate them for you</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">The pricing formula is applied only to new items in inventory (previous price = $0). Receiving <font class="hcp2">reorder</font> merchandise at a new cost on a voucher <font style="font-style: italic;">does not</font> automatically update item prices, however Point of Sale alerts you so you can adjust your price if desired. You can maintain your desired profit margin by manually <a href="pro_tip_using_margin_to_update_prices.htm">editing the margin or markup</a> on the item record back to the original level.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a class="popupspot" href="JavaScript:hhctrl.TextPopup('A cost change may be very minor, such as 0.10/case, which is less than a penny per 12 units in the case. Since a price change may require re-tagging existing merchandise, changing shelf signs, etc. we let you make the decision when to reprice.','Microsoft Sans Serif,9',10,10,00000000,0xc0ffff)">Why aren't reorder item prices automatically updated when cost changes?</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Info-Line">If you DO NOT want Point of Sale to calculate new item price(s):</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Do NOT define department or item margins or markups</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Enter your item prices manually at anytime in inventory</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Point of Sale will still calculate and display the margin and markup on the item record, but does not use them to calculate the item price(s) unless you <a href="inven410.htm">manually edit</a> them</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
79
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven_pricelevels.htm
Normal file
79
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven_pricelevels.htm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
|
||||
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
|
||||
<title>Markdown Price Levels</title>
|
||||
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="../responsive.css?v=20260110083000" type="text/css">
|
||||
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
span.hcp1 { color:#c0c0c0; }
|
||||
span.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
-->
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
<style type="text/css">
|
||||
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 13PT - V3 */
|
||||
* { font-size: 13pt !important; }
|
||||
body, body *, p, p *, li, li *, ol, ol *, ul, ul *, div, div *, span, span *, td, td *, th, th *, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, font, font * {
|
||||
font-size: 13pt !important;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Markdown Price Levels</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="invenvoverview.htm">Inventory Overview</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="../qbpos_recording_sales_and_returns/receipt1006.htm">Price Levels on Sales</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="inven410.htm">Edit Item Prices</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Point of Sale can maintain up to four price levels in addition to your regular price for each item in inventory (i.e., five separate prices). Price levels are markdowns from your regular price.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Use price levels to offer different prices for different purposes or to different groups of customers. Common uses for price levels include:</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">To offer reduced prices to employees, family members, and VIP customers</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">For wholesale sales</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">For special sales, e.g., "10% Off Sale" (<a href="../qbpos_price_manager/pricemgroverview.htm">Price Manager</a> offers more flexibility for this.)</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">A typical price level setup and the prices at each level might look like this:</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><img src="../image/price_level.gif" alt="image\price_level.gif" title="image\price_level.gif" width="244" height="108" border="0"></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Your price level markdowns are applied and the price at each level recalculated anytime your regular price is changed, either manually or when Point of Sale applies its pricing formula. On the other hand, editing the price or markdown percentage of any of your markdown price levels has no effect on any other price.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-2">How do I define price levels?</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">You define price level names and default markdown percentages in <a href="../qbpos_company_preferences/sysprefs05.htm">company preferences</a> . Enter a name and default markdown percentage for each level you wish to use, and specify the default price to suggest for all sales. Your default price can be your regular price or one of your markdown price levels.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">(Pro)  Each store can specify its own default sales price.</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">The price level markdowns you specify are defaults. They are applied to new items added to inventory, but the markdowns and price at any price level can be manually <a href="inven410.htm">edited</a> on an item-by-item basis.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">You can define a price level price to be a markup from your regular price by entering a negative markdown value.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Changing your default price level markdowns does not update existing item prices. To update prices for a single item, edit the prices or markdown percentages directly in the <span class="hcp2">Pricing</span> window on the item record. If you want to update prices for many or all your items, we recommend using <a href="../qbpos_price_manager/pricemgroverview.htm">Price Manager</a>.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">You can also select <span class="hcp2">E</span><font style="font-weight: bold;">dit Price Levels</font> in the Pricing window from an item record to change your price level names or default markdown percentages. Changes made here are the same as making these changes in company preferences.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">(Pro) If you use multiple units of measure, you can set separate prices for each price level for each unit of measure. Select the unit of measure for which you want to view or change price levels from the drop-down list at the top of the Pricing window. (Not shown in example above)</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Text" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">(Pro) Using Print Designer, you can specify which price is printed on your price tags.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven_pricelevels.htm">Return to top</a></p>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
|
||||
|
||||
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
|
||||
<title>Charge by the Hour</title>
|
||||
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="../responsive.css?v=20260110083000" type="text/css">
|
||||
|
||||
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
span.hcp1 { color:#c0c0c0; }
|
||||
span.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
font.hcp3 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
-->
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
<style type="text/css">
|
||||
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 13PT - V3 */
|
||||
* { font-size: 13pt !important; }
|
||||
body, body *, p, p *, li, li *, ol, ol *, ul, ul *, div, div *, span, span *, td, td *, th, th *, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, font, font * {
|
||||
font-size: 13pt !important;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Charge by the Hour</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven_qty_decimals.htm">Track Decimal Quantities</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="inven436.htm">Item Types</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="invenvoverview.htm">Inventory Overview</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="help-text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">You can use service or non-inventory items to charge for services by the hour (or half-hour, quarter-hour, etc.).</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To do this task:</p>
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Define an item or items in inventory for this purpose, such as <font style="font-style: italic;">Tailoring, Labor Charge, etc.</font> making sure that <span class="hcp2">S</span><font class="hcp3">ervice</font> or <span class="hcp2">N</span><font class="hcp3">on-Inventory</font> is selected as the Item Type.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List">Optionally, define a separate department for all service/labor charges and assign this department to the items you create. This will allow you to report on all service and labor charges by filtering on this department.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List">The <font class="hcp3">Price</font> for the items should be the price to be charged per unit of time (hour, half-hour, quarter-hour, etc.).</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<ol start="2">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">When the item is listed on a receipt, enter the units of time to be charged for as the items sale quantity. For example, if you are charging by the hour, enter 1.5 as the <font class="hcp3">Qty</font> to charge for an hour and a half.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
42
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven_qty_decimals.htm
Normal file
42
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven_qty_decimals.htm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
|
||||
|
||||
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
|
||||
<title>Track Decimal Quantities</title>
|
||||
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="../responsive.css?v=20260110083000" type="text/css">
|
||||
|
||||
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
font.hcp1 { font-style:italic; }
|
||||
font.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
-->
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
<style type="text/css">
|
||||
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 13PT - V3 */
|
||||
* { font-size: 13pt !important; }
|
||||
body, body *, p, p *, li, li *, ol, ol *, ul, ul *, div, div *, span, span *, td, td *, th, th *, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, font, font * {
|
||||
font-size: 13pt !important;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Track Decimal Quantities</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_getting_started/gstarted04.htm">Notes on Quantities and Costs</a> <span style="color: #c0c0c0;">|</span> <a href="inven_uom_multiple.htm">Multiple Units of Measure</a></p>
|
||||
<div>
|
||||
<p style="text-align: right; font-family: Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 9pt;
|
||||
color: #800000;"><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Basic</span> </p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Sometimes it is beneficial to track items in decimal quantities. For example, you might sell an item by the yard (e.g., fabric), by weight (e.g., bulk candy), or by the hour (labor). Point of Sale allows you to order, inventory, and sell items by decimal units.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">For example, if you order and price fabric by the yard you can easily sell 1/4 yard or 1-1/2 yards by entering <font class="hcp1">.25</font> or <font class="hcp1">1.5</font> in the <font class="hcp2">Qty</font> field on receipts. The correct fractional price will automatically be calculated for you.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">To <a href="inven_protip_hourcharges.htm">charge an hourly fee for labor</a> define a service or non-inventory item called <font class="hcp1">Labor</font> or similar, assigning your hourly rate as the price. On a receipt or customer order, you can now list the service or non-inventory item <font class="hcp1">Labor</font> and charge for partial hours by entering a decimal quantity in the <span style="font-weight: bold;">Q</span><font class="hcp2">ty</font> field.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">You can enter decimal quantities in any quantity field. Point of Sale will round your entry to two decimal places for display purposes and does not display trailing zeroes, i.e., if you enter 2.50, the display will be 2.5. However, the program stores and uses up to five decimal places for its calculations.</p>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
|
||||
|
||||
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
|
||||
<title>New Item Reminders</title>
|
||||
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="../responsive.css?v=20260110083000" type="text/css">
|
||||
|
||||
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
span.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
font.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
-->
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
<style type="text/css">
|
||||
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 13PT - V3 */
|
||||
* { font-size: 13pt !important; }
|
||||
body, body *, p, p *, li, li *, ol, ol *, ul, ul *, div, div *, span, span *, td, td *, th, th *, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, font, font * {
|
||||
font-size: 13pt !important;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">New Item Reminders</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="inven_reminders.htm">Inventory Reminders Overview</a> <span style="color: #c0c0c0;">|</span> <a href="invenvoverview.htm">Inventory Overview</a></p>
|
||||
<div>
|
||||
<p style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; text-align: right; font-size: 10pt;
|
||||
color: #800000;">Pro</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">The New Items reminders screen alerts employees to the upcoming arrival of new merchandise. Monitoring this list allows your associates to better serve customers by letting them know what new merchandise is coming soon.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">You can print this list or print item tags in anticipation of the item arrival. The items should be removed from this list as soon as they arrive at the store, so that the list remains current and useful.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To work with items in the list:</p>
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">From the Inventory menu, select <span class="hcp1">R</span><font class="hcp2">eminders</font> and then select the New Items tab.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Use normal <a href="qbpos:helppopup.2654">list selection</a> procedures to select one or more items before selecting a task from the I Want To menu. You can also use the <font class="hcp2">Select All</font> or <font class="hcp2">Clear All</font> choices from the I Want To menu.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Select <span class="hcp1">Print</span> and then choose tags or the list from the drop-down menu to print the selected items.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">To remove selected items from the list, select <font class="hcp2">Remove Selected Item(s)</font> from the I Want To menu.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven_reminders_alert.htm">Reminders Message Alert</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="../qbpos_secadmin/secadmin01.htm#secadmin_midtopic_09">Security rights for reminders</a></p>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
|
||||
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
|
||||
<title>Reorder Items Reminder</title>
|
||||
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="../responsive.css?v=20260110083000" type="text/css">
|
||||
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
span.hcp1 { color:#c0c0c0; }
|
||||
ul.hcp2 { list-style:disc; }
|
||||
span.hcp3 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
-->
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
<style type="text/css">
|
||||
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 13PT - V3 */
|
||||
* { font-size: 13pt !important; }
|
||||
body, body *, p, p *, li, li *, ol, ol *, ul, ul *, div, div *, span, span *, td, td *, th, th *, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, font, font * {
|
||||
font-size: 13pt !important;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Reorder Items Reminder</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven434.htm">Item Reorder Points</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="inven_reminders.htm">Reminders Overview</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <span style="color: #0000ff;"><a href="invenvoverview.htm">Inventory Overview</a></span></p>
|
||||
<div>
|
||||
<p style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; text-align: right; font-size: 10pt;
|
||||
color: #800000;">Pro</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">The Reorder Items reminder screen displays items whose quantity has fallen below the reorder point set in inventory. Use this screen to assist in replenishing your inventory.</p>
|
||||
<ul class="hcp2">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Text" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">You can print this list to help in creating purchase orders.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Text" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Double-click a listed item to view the item record.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Point of Sale takes into consideration item quantities already on order (from unfilled purchase orders) when determining if an item should be added to the reorder reminder list. <!--<a href="qbpos:helppopup.21992">Learn
|
||||
more<img src="../image/yellow_up.gif" alt="Click to display a popup topic"
|
||||
title="Click to display a popup topic" style="border: none;"
|
||||
width="10" height="12" border="0" /></a></p>--></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">To display this screen, select <span class="hcp3">Reminders</span> from the Inventory menu and then click the <span class="hcp3">Reorder Items</span> tab.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Pro Notes</p>
|
||||
<ul class="hcp2">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted"> The reminder screen also includes items that are on backorder.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted"> Depending on your preference settings, quantities committed on customer orders may be taken into account when deciding if an item is added to this screen.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Having Point of Sale Suggest POs for Reorder Items (Pro)</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">You also have the option of having Point of Sale suggest and generate purchase orders to order these items.</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Nested-List" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Nested-List">With your reorder reminders displayed, select <font style="font-weight: bold;">Suggest PO</font> from the I Want To menu. <a href="../qbpos_purchasing/po_suggestpo.htm">Learn more about using Suggest PO</a></p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven_reminders_alert.htm">Reminders Message Alert</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="../qbpos_secadmin/secadmin01.htm#secadmin_midtopic_09">Security rights for reminders</a></p>
|
||||
<div style="width: 100%; position: relative;" id="footer">
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Note" style="background-color: #f5f5f5;"><img src="../image/lightningbolt_shg.gif" alt="This symbol indicates that an Internet connection is required." title="This symbol indicates that an Internet connection is required." style="border: none;" width="9" height="15" border="0">  Additional online resources. Internet connection required.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a title="POS User Community Web Site - opens in new browser window" href="http://www.qbinproduct.com/community/help/pos" target="_blank">Point of Sale User Community</a> Connect with other Point of Sale users and experts to ask questions and share advice.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a title="POS Support Web Site - opens in a new browser window" href="http://www.quickbooks.com/support" target="_blank">Point of Sale Support Web Site</a> Search our Knowledge Base of frequently asked questions, learn about available updates, or research other support options.</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
61
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven_reminders.htm
Normal file
61
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven_reminders.htm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
|
||||
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
|
||||
<title>Inventory Reminders</title>
|
||||
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="../responsive.css?v=20260110083000" type="text/css">
|
||||
<style type="text/css">
|
||||
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 13PT - V3 */
|
||||
* { font-size: 13pt !important; }
|
||||
body, body *, p, p *, li, li *, ol, ol *, ul, ul *, div, div *, span, span *, td, td *, th, th *, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, font, font * {
|
||||
font-size: 13pt !important;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body><a name="642b3b9347ca42c9b00b820c00c373fa=1"></a>
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-1">Inventory Reminders</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;"><a href="invenvoverview.htm">Inventory Overview</a></p>
|
||||
<div>
|
||||
<p style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; text-align: right; font-size: 10pt;
|
||||
color: #800000;">Pro</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Inventory reminders help you track and manage your inventory by alerting you to situations that may need your attention.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">When an items combined on-hand quantity and on-order quantity has fallen below their reorder point, it is added to the Reorder Item reminders screen. You can print this list to help in creating purchase orders to replenish your inventory.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Besides reorder reminders, you also are reminded  when item prices change,  when new items have been added to inventory, or when items have arrived to fill open customer orders.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To view inventory reminders:</p>
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">From the home page, select <font style="font-weight: bold;">Reminders</font> from the Inventory menu.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Select one of the available tabs.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links" style="margin-left: 23.75pt;"><a href="inven_reminders_pricechange.htm">Price change reminders</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links" style="margin-left: 23.75pt;"><a href="inven_reminder_reorder.htm">Reorder items reminders</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links" style="margin-left: 23.75pt;"><a href="inven_reminder_newitems.htm">New item reminders</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links" style="margin-left: 23.75pt;"><a href="inven_reminders_dupitems.htm">Duplicate item reminders</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links" style="margin-left: 23.75pt;"><a href="inven_reminders_fillso.htm">Fill Customer Order Reminders</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Notes:</p>
|
||||
<ul style="list-style: disc;">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Text" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">With the reminders window displayed, you can print the list or double-click a displayed record to view it.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Text" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Reminders are a handy way for remote stores to learn of price changes and new items.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven_reminders_alert.htm">Reminders Message Alert</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_secadmin/secadmin01.htm#secadmin_midtopic_09">Security rights for reminders</a></p>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
|
||||
|
||||
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
|
||||
<title>Inventory Reminders Message</title>
|
||||
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="../responsive.css?v=20260110083000" type="text/css">
|
||||
|
||||
<style type="text/css">
|
||||
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 13PT - V3 */
|
||||
* { font-size: 13pt !important; }
|
||||
body, body *, p, p *, li, li *, ol, ol *, ul, ul *, div, div *, span, span *, td, td *, th, th *, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, font, font * {
|
||||
font-size: 13pt !important;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Inventory Reminders Message Alert</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven_reminders.htm">Inventory Reminders</a> <span style="color: #c0c0c0;">|</span> <a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_messages.htm">Messages</a></p>
|
||||
<div>
|
||||
<p style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; text-align: right; font-size: 10pt;
|
||||
color: #800000;">Pro</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Point of Sale will alert you when there are inventory reminders needing your attention by adding a message to the message board on the home page.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Note"><span style="font-weight: bold;">Note</span>: Display of reminder messages is subject to the security rights of the logged-in user.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><img src="../image/messages2.gif" alt="Messages" title="Messages" style="border: none;" width="282" height="174" border="0"></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">The reminders message is blue to differentiate it from your personal messages (yellow) and includes a link that will take you directly to the reminders window.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
|
||||
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
|
||||
<title>Duplicate Item Reminders</title>
|
||||
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="../responsive.css?v=20260110083000" type="text/css">
|
||||
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
span.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
font.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
-->
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
<style type="text/css">
|
||||
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 13PT - V3 */
|
||||
* { font-size: 13pt !important; }
|
||||
body, body *, p, p *, li, li *, ol, ol *, ul, ul *, div, div *, span, span *, td, td *, th, th *, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, font, font * {
|
||||
font-size: 13pt !important;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Duplicate Item Reminders</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="inven_reminders.htm">Reminders Overview</a> <span style="color: #c0c0c0;">|</span> <a href="invenvoverview.htm">Inventory Overview</a></p>
|
||||
<div>
|
||||
<p style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 10pt; text-align: right;
|
||||
color: #800000;"> </p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Duplicate items (same <span class="hcp1">UPC</span>, <span class="hcp1">Item Number</span>, or <span class="hcp1">Alternate Lookup</span> values) can occur when Headquarters edits an item number and a remote store sells the same item before receiving the updated inventory file during a Store Exchange. When the transactional document is sent to Headquarters the item identifier from the remote will not match the item number for the same item at Headquarters. Headquarters will show two separate item numbers as having duplicate item identifiers.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Duplicate items can also occur when remote stores create <a href="../qbpos_customer_orders/custorder_specialorder.htm">special order items</a>, unknowingly entering the same UPC or Alternate Lookup (ALU) values as an existing item. The special order items are sent to Headquarters from remote stores on the first transactional document containing them.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">The Duplicate Items tab on the Reminders window can help you to identify duplicates and resolve them to keep your inventory accurate. This Reminder screen is available only at Headquarters.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">To resolve a duplicate item you can edit one of the items to be different or, if the items are actually separate entries of the same item, you can merge the items.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To view and edit a duplicate item:</p>
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">From the Inventory menu, select <span class="hcp1">R</span><font class="hcp2">eminders</font> and then select the Duplicate Items tab.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">The values causing the duplicate condition are shown in bold text to help you identify them.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Select an item on the list to edit.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Select <span class="hcp1">E</span><font class="hcp2">dit Item In Inventory</font> from the I Want To menu.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">This selection takes you to Inventory, with the item record opened in <a href="inven404.htm">edit</a> mode. Make changes as necessary to resolve the duplication and save.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To merge duplicate items:</p>
|
||||
<ol start="1" style="list-style: decimal;">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Select both of the duplicate items in the reminders list. <a href="qbpos:helppopup.2654">How do I select multiple records?<img src="../image/yellow_up.gif" alt="Click to display a popup topic" title="Click to display a popup topic" style="border: none;" width="10" height="12" border="0"></a></p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">From the I Want To menu, select <span class="hcp1">Merge Inventory Items</span> and follow the on-screen instructions.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Click <a href="inven_mergeitems.htm">here</a> to learn more about how Point of Sale merges two items.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">After Headquarters resolves the duplicates, updated item information is sent to the remote stores with the next Store Exchange.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven_reminders_alert.htm">Reminders Message Alert</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="../qbpos_secadmin/secadmin01.htm#secadmin_midtopic_09">Security rights for reminders</a></p>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
|
||||
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
|
||||
<title>Fill Customer Order Reminders</title>
|
||||
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="../responsive.css?v=20260110083000" type="text/css">
|
||||
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
ol.hcp1 { list-style:decimal; }
|
||||
span.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
font.hcp3 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
-->
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
<style type="text/css">
|
||||
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 13PT - V3 */
|
||||
* { font-size: 13pt !important; }
|
||||
body, body *, p, p *, li, li *, ol, ol *, ul, ul *, div, div *, span, span *, td, td *, th, th *, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, font, font * {
|
||||
font-size: 13pt !important;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Fill Customer Order Reminders</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_customer_orders/custorder_filling.htm">Fill Customer Orders</a> <span style="color: #c0c0c0;">|</span> <a href="inven_reminders.htm">Reminders Overview</a></p>
|
||||
<div style="float: none;">
|
||||
<p style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; text-align: right; font-size: 10pt;
|
||||
color: #800000;">Pro</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">The Fill Customer Order Reminders screen displays open customer orders that can be filled or partially filled with your available (including just received) item quantities. When you receive backorder items on a receiving voucher, Point of Sale will alert you that there are customer orders pending for the received items.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Use this screen to review the open orders, select those to fill, and then either go to the order or print fulfillment reports and pick lists.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To view the customer order reminders:</p>
|
||||
<ol class="hcp1">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Text">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Select <span class="hcp2">G</span><font class="hcp3">o to Fill Customer Order Reminders</font> from the alert when receiving backorder items.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Indent">OR</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Indent">From the Inventory menu, select <font class="hcp3">Reminders</font> and then select the <font class="hcp3">Fill Customer Orders</font> tab.</p>
|
||||
<ol start="2" class="hcp1">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Text">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">In the drop-down list on the right, choose to view orders that can be <span class="hcp2">F</span><font class="hcp3">illed Partially</font> or only those that can be <font class="hcp3">Filled Fully</font>.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Indent">Tip: Use normal list <a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic261.htm">sorting</a> and <a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_customizelistcolumns.htm">customize column</a> procedures to display the list in the manner you prefer, e.g. by order number, order date, etc.</p>
|
||||
<ol start="3" class="hcp1">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Text">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Use the check boxes in the <font class="hcp3">Select</font> column to select the order(s) you would like to fill. See note below about using this feature to optimize order fulfillment.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Text">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Go to a selected order or print a fulfillment report and pick list:</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Text" style="list-style: disc;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">To immediately go to an order to process it, double-click it in the list.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Text" style="list-style: disc;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">To print fulfillment reports for selected orders, select <font class="hcp3">Print</font> and then either <font class="hcp3">Fill Order Report</font> or <font class="hcp3">Item Pick List</font>.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<ol start="5" class="hcp1">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Text">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Process the selected orders individually using standard order fulfillment procedures.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Notes:</p>
|
||||
<ul style="list-style: disc;">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Text" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><font class="hcp3">Optimizing Fulfillment:</font> As you select orders to fill, Point of Sale recalculates the status of the remaining orders. If filling one order makes an item unavailable to fill another order, the second order is disabled for selection. To clear the selected orders and try different combinations, choose <span class="hcp2">C</span><font class="hcp3">lear All Selections</font> from the I Want To menu. To have Point of Sale suggest orders to fill, giving priority to oldest orders first, clear any previous selections and then choose <span class="hcp2">A</span><font class="hcp3">uto-select Orders</font>. The results of this option will vary depending on whether you have chose to see orders that can be partially or fully filled.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="../qbpos_secadmin/secadmin01.htm#secadmin_midtopic_09">Security rights for reminders</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="invenvoverview.htm">Inventory overview</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven_reminders_alert.htm">Reminders Message Alert</a></p>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
|
||||
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
|
||||
<title>Price Change Reminders</title>
|
||||
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="../responsive.css?v=20260110083000" type="text/css">
|
||||
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
span.hcp1 { color:#c0c0c0; }
|
||||
span.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
font.hcp3 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
-->
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
<style type="text/css">
|
||||
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 13PT - V3 */
|
||||
* { font-size: 13pt !important; }
|
||||
body, body *, p, p *, li, li *, ol, ol *, ul, ul *, div, div *, span, span *, td, td *, th, th *, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, font, font * {
|
||||
font-size: 13pt !important;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Price Change Reminders</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven_reminders.htm">Reminders Overview</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="invenvoverview.htm">Inventory Overview</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="inven_pricelevels.htm">Using Price Levels</a></p>
|
||||
<div>
|
||||
<p style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; text-align: right; font-size: 10pt;
|
||||
color: #800000;">Pro</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">The Price Change reminders screen displays both the old price and new price when item prices change. Your regular price and the prices at your other price levels are also displayed for reference. This list reminds you to print updated price tags, so that your records and the tagged merchandise on the shelf match.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Once tags are printed, the items on the list should be removed so the list remains current and useful.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">(Multi-store) Reminders are a handy way to communicate price changes to remote stores.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To select items and print:</p>
|
||||
<ol style="list-style: decimal;">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Text">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">From the Inventory menu, select <span class="hcp2">Reminders</span> and then click the Price Changes tab.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Text">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Use standard <a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_list_multiselect.htm.htm">list selection procedures</a> to select items or choose <span class="hcp2">S</span><font class="hcp3">elect All</font> from the I Want To menu.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Text">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Select <span class="hcp2">P</span><font class="hcp3">rint Tags</font> to <a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/printing/basic243.htm">print price tags</a> for the selected items (or <span class="hcp2">Print List</span>).</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Text">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">When prompted to remove the selected items from the list, select <span class="hcp2">Yes</span> to remove them or <span class="hcp2">No</span> to retain them.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">You can also remove selected items from the list at anytime by selecting <span class="hcp2">R</span><font class="hcp3">emove Selected Item (s)</font> from the I Want To menu.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Notes:</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">If you change your default price in preferences, the Price Change reminders are cleared.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Double-click an item in the list to go to inventory to view the full record.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_secadmin/secadmin01.htm#secadmin_midtopic_09">Security rights for reminders</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven_reminders_alert.htm">Reminders Message Alert</a></p>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
54
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven_reports.htm
Normal file
54
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven_reports.htm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
|
||||
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
|
||||
<title>Inventory Reports</title>
|
||||
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="../responsive.css?v=20260110083000" type="text/css">
|
||||
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
span.hcp1 { color:#c0c0c0; }
|
||||
span.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
-->
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
<style type="text/css">
|
||||
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 13PT - V3 */
|
||||
* { font-size: 13pt !important; }
|
||||
body, body *, p, p *, li, li *, ol, ol *, ul, ul *, div, div *, span, span *, td, td *, th, th *, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, font, font * {
|
||||
font-size: 13pt !important;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-1">Inventory Reports</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="invenvoverview.htm">Inventory Overview</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="../qbpos_reports_and_sales_charts/reportsoverview.htm">Reports Overview</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="inven_itemratings.htm">Item Ratings & Trends</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Point of Sale provides many reports to help you track your inventory investment and maximize your turn and profit. These reports can all be <a href="../qbpos_reports_and_sales_charts/reports02.htm">customized</a> to include the data you want to see. Reports vary by license level (Free, Basic, Pro).</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Here is an example of some of the more frequently used inventory reports:</p>
|
||||
<ul style="list-style: disc;">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><span class="hcp2">Inventory Summary</span> Summarizes your current on-hand inventory.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><span class="hcp2">Item List</span> More detailed view of your current on-hand inventory.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><span class="hcp2">Inventory Summary with Activity</span> A summary of current inventory that also can include sales, receiving, and purchasing activity.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><span class="hcp2">Inventory Valuation</span> Report of the value of your inventory, currently or for any day in the past.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><span class="hcp2">Inventory by Store</span>  Your current company inventory broken down by stores.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">To run these reports or to see other available inventory reports, select the <span class="hcp2">Items</span> category from the <span class="hcp2">All Reports</span> page of the <a href="../qbpos_reports_and_sales_charts/reports_types.htm">Report Center</a>.</p>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
53
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven_service_items.htm
Normal file
53
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven_service_items.htm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
|
||||
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
|
||||
<title>Using Service Items</title>
|
||||
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="../responsive.css?v=20260110083000" type="text/css">
|
||||
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
span.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
font.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
-->
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
<style type="text/css">
|
||||
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 13PT - V3 */
|
||||
* { font-size: 13pt !important; }
|
||||
body, body *, p, p *, li, li *, ol, ol *, ul, ul *, div, div *, span, span *, td, td *, th, th *, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, font, font * {
|
||||
font-size: 13pt !important;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Using Service Items</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven436.htm">Item Types</a> <span style="color: #c0c0c0;">|</span> <a href="invenvoverview.htm">Inventory Overview</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="help-text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Service items are defined in inventory and typically are used to list non-merchandise and labor charges on sales orders, work orders, or sales receipts to complete a job. Use normal <a href="inven402.htm">new item</a> procedures to define service items in inventory, selecting the <span class="hcp1">S</span><font class="hcp2">ervice</font> item type.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Use the following guidelines when defining service items in inventory.</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">You cannot enter an on-hand quantity for a service item. Service items always have a zero on-hand quantity, since they are non-merchandise items.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">To charge for labor, enter a description of the labor in the <span class="hcp1">Item Name</span> field and a price equal to what you charge per hour (or per job). If you charge by the hour, you can charge for partial hours by listing the service item on a document and entering a <a href="inven_qty_decimals.htm">decimal quantity</a>, e.g., 0.5, 2.75, etc. Point of Sale will calculate the correct labor charge.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Generally, service items have no cost, but there may be exceptions, such as when you outsource the work and pay the third party a fee for the service. Make an entry in the item <font class="hcp2">Avg Unit</font> <font class="hcp2">Cost</font> field if this is the case.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">You may want to <a href="../qbpos_qb_data_exchange/financialexchange_itemaccounts.htm">map</a> custom <font class="hcp2">Income</font>, <font class="hcp2">Cost of Goods Sold (COGS)</font>, and <font class="hcp2">Asset</font> accounts on the Additional Info tab of the item form so the charges (when recorded on a receipt) are posted to your financial software in the manner you choose.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="../qbpos_shipping/shipping_serviceitem.htm">Use a service item for shipping charges</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="../qbpos_customer_orders/wo_tips.htm">Use work orders</a></p>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
|
||||
|
||||
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
|
||||
<title>Add a Special Order Item</title>
|
||||
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="../responsive.css?v=20260110083000" type="text/css">
|
||||
|
||||
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
span.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
font.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
-->
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
<style type="text/css">
|
||||
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 13PT - V3 */
|
||||
* { font-size: 13pt !important; }
|
||||
body, body *, p, p *, li, li *, ol, ol *, ul, ul *, div, div *, span, span *, td, td *, th, th *, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, font, font * {
|
||||
font-size: 13pt !important;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Add a Special Order Item</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_customer_orders/custorder_specialorder.htm">Special Orders Overview</a> <span style="color: #c0c0c0;">|</span> <a href="invenvoverview.htm">Inventory Overview</a>  </p>
|
||||
<div>
|
||||
<p style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; text-align: right; font-size: 10pt;
|
||||
color: #800000;">Pro</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">A special order item can only be added to inventory while making a document (customer order, sales receipt, purchase order, or receiving voucher).</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">When you add a special order item to a document, you are prompted to define the item on a modified inventory window, allowing only certain information to be entered. The item type is automatically set to Special Order. Later the item can be converted to a regular inventory item, if desired.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To create and list a new special order item on a document:</p>
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Start the document in the usual fashion.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Select <span class="hcp1">Add N</span><font class="hcp2">ew Special Order Item</font> from the I Want To menu.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Define the item in the inventory Special Order Item window.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Indent">Use normal <a href="inven402.htm">add item</a> procedures to enter information about the item. Certain item fields/features are not available for special order items, such as item type, item number, reorder point, the ability to define multiple vendors, styles, assemblies or groups, and you cannot print tags.</p>
|
||||
<ol start="4">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">When finished, choose <span class="hcp1">S</span><font class="hcp2">ave & Select</font> to record the item in inventory and list it on the document.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p class="Related-Topics"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="inven_convert_specialorder.htm">Convert a special order item to an inventory item</a></p>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
102
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven_style_oview.htm
Normal file
102
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven_style_oview.htm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
|
||||
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
|
||||
<title>Item Styles: Overview</title>
|
||||
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="../responsive.css?v=20260110083000" type="text/css">
|
||||
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
span.hcp1 { color:#c0c0c0; }
|
||||
span.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
font.hcp3 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
tr.hcp4 { vertical-align:top; }
|
||||
td.hcp5 { padding-left:1px;
|
||||
padding-top:1px;
|
||||
padding-right:1px;
|
||||
padding-bottom:1px; }
|
||||
-->
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
<style type="text/css">
|
||||
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 13PT - V3 */
|
||||
* { font-size: 13pt !important; }
|
||||
body, body *, p, p *, li, li *, ol, ol *, ul, ul *, div, div *, span, span *, td, td *, th, th *, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, font, font * {
|
||||
font-size: 13pt !important;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Item Styles: Overview</p>
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="qbpos:helppopup.21997">How do I?<img src="../image/yellow_up.gif"
|
||||
alt="Click to display a popup topic" title="Click to display a popup topic"
|
||||
style="border: none;" width="10" height="12" border="0" /></a>--><span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="inven407.htm">Add a New Style</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="inven427.htm">Style Grid Basics</a> <div>
|
||||
<p style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; text-align: right; font-size: 10pt;
|
||||
color: #800000;">Pro</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Note"><span class="hcp2">Note</span>: The availability of the style feature can be controlled by your <a href="../qbpos_company_preferences/sysprefs04.htm">Features to Use preference</a> settings.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Many retailers sell merchandise that is grouped into styles. A style is a means of grouping inventory items that share the same basic item information but differ in one or two item traits, such as size, color, and pattern.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Indent" style="font-style: italic;">Example: A line of T-shirts might be carried in three sizes (Small, Medium, Large) and two colors (Black, White). This line of T-shirts, with six distinct items, constitutes a style.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">When viewing your inventory or planning a vendor purchase, it can be very helpful to view and work with all the members of a style on a single screen. Point of Sale makes this easy with the use of the Style window and the style grid. To view and work on the Style window, click the <span class="hcp2"> Style</span> button from the item form.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Our T-shirt style, as viewed in a style grid, looks like this:</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><img src="../image/stylegrid.gif" alt="image\stylegrid.gif" title="image\stylegrid.gif" width="389" height="208" border="0"></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven_stylewindow.htm">About the Style window</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">A <span style="font-style: italic;">style grid</span> allows you to see the on-hand quantities for each item in the style (each cell represents a size/color combination), as well as the total quantities for each color and size. You can quickly spot items that need to be re-ordered or are out of stock and slow moving items. Accessed while making a purchase order or other document, the grid can be used to enter the quantity to order or process on the document.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">From a data standpoint, every item belongs to a style, though that item may be the only member of the style. Style items are defined by a common combination of its <font class="hcp3">Department</font> and <font class="hcp3">Item Name (Description 1)</font> values.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven_style_oview.htm">Return to top</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Style Templates</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Imagine that you carry 20 different shoe lines, all of which have the same or similar size and color combinations. Having to re-enter the same sizes and colors for every shoe you carry would quickly become tedious.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Enter the <font style="font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;">style template</font>. A style template is a user-defined array of item attributes: sizes, colors, patterns, material, etc., that can be used repeatedly to quickly add a style to inventory. Each template can be used for an unlimited number of styles.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Define and save a style template with the repeated sizes or other attributes along the  x and/or y axes of the style grid. When you add a new line of shoes, select the style template to quickly set up the grid. You can edit an individual grid, as necessary, for variations from the template.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">The use of style templates is particularly well suited to lines of merchandise that vary only in size, color, pattern, or some other item trait. Typical examples include</p>
|
||||
|
||||
<table style="margin-left: 40px;" cellspacing="0" width="282">
|
||||
<col style="width: 42.908%;">
|
||||
<col style="width: 57.092%;">
|
||||
<tr style="height:18px;" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<td style="width:42.908%;" class="hcp5">
|
||||
<p><font face="Microsoft Sans Serif"></font> Apparel</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:57.092%;" class="hcp5">
|
||||
<p><font face="Microsoft Sans Serif"></font> Housewares</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr style="height:24px;" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<td style="width:42.908%;" class="hcp5">
|
||||
<p><font face="Microsoft Sans Serif"></font> Footwear</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:57.092%;" class="hcp5">
|
||||
<p><font face="Microsoft Sans Serif"></font> Linens</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr style="height:24px;" class="hcp4">
|
||||
<td style="width:42.908%;" class="hcp5">
|
||||
<p><font face="Microsoft Sans Serif"></font> Luggage</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:57.092%;" class="hcp5">
|
||||
<p><font face="Microsoft Sans Serif"></font> Furniture</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven428.htm">Learn more about using style templates</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven_style_oview.htm">Return to top</a></p>
|
||||
<div style="width: 100%; position: relative;" id="footer">
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Note" style="background-color: #f5f5f5;">  Additional online resources. Internet connection required.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a title="POS User Community Web Site - opens in new browser window" href="http://www.qbinproduct.com/community/help/pos" target="_blank">Point of Sale User Community</a> Connect with other Point of Sale users and experts to ask questions and share advice.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a title="POS Support Web Site - opens in a new browser window" href="http://www.quickbooks.com/support" target="_blank">Point of Sale Support Web Site</a> Search our Knowledge Base of frequently asked questions, learn about available updates, or research other support options.</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
72
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven_stylewindow.htm
Normal file
72
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven_stylewindow.htm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
|
||||
|
||||
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
|
||||
<title>About the Style Window</title>
|
||||
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="../responsive.css?v=20260110083000" type="text/css">
|
||||
|
||||
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
span.hcp1 { color:#c0c0c0; }
|
||||
span.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
-->
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
<style type="text/css">
|
||||
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 13PT - V3 */
|
||||
* { font-size: 13pt !important; }
|
||||
body, body *, p, p *, li, li *, ol, ol *, ul, ul *, div, div *, span, span *, td, td *, th, th *, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, font, font * {
|
||||
font-size: 13pt !important;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">About the Style Window</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="inven427.htm">Style Grids</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="inven407.htm">Add a Style</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="inven_style_oview.htm">Style Overview</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="inven428.htm">Style Templates</a></p>
|
||||
<div>
|
||||
<p style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; text-align: right; font-size: 10pt;
|
||||
color: #800000;">Pro</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">The Style window displays an item style in a split view, with one section showing information that applies to the style as a whole and the other section displaying the individual style items and their quantities in a style grid.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">You can open the style window while viewing, adding, or editing items.  </p>
|
||||
<ul style="list-style: disc;">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">With an item form displayed, click the <span class="hcp2">Style</span> button.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">If you are adding items you will automatically be in edit mode. If you want to edit an existing style, click <span class="hcp2">Edit</span> either before or after opening the Style window.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Note"><span class="hcp2">Note</span>: This window was undergoing design review as of this writing and may not exactly match this example.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;"><img src="../image/stylewindow.gif" alt="Style Window" title="Style Window" width="396" height="377" border="0"></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-2">What's important about the Style window?</p>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">The upper section of this window displays the information for the selected item when you switch to the style window. In most cases, this information is common for all style items. <font style="font-weight: bold;">It is important to note that making changes in this section of the Style window will affect all style items. Be careful making edits in this section.</font></p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Each cell of the style grid represents an individual style item with a unique size/color (or other attributes) combination.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">The number in the cells is typically the current on-hand quantity of each item. See exception in the next note.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">When coming to the Style window from a document (such as a purchase order), the style grid initially displays zeroes and can be used to enter the item quantities to order, receive, or sell.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">The Style Template drop-down list at the top of the grid is used to attach an existing <a href="inven428.htm">template</a> to the style or create and save a new one.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Multi-store users can view quantities for any one store or the entire company by selecting a store from the drop-down list above the style grid.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
52
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven_tax_codes.htm
Normal file
52
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven_tax_codes.htm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
|
||||
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
|
||||
<title>Assign Sales Tax Codes to Items</title>
|
||||
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="../responsive.css?v=20260110083000" type="text/css">
|
||||
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
font.hcp1 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
-->
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
<style type="text/css">
|
||||
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 13PT - V3 */
|
||||
* { font-size: 13pt !important; }
|
||||
body, body *, p, p *, li, li *, ol, ol *, ul, ul *, div, div *, span, span *, td, td *, th, th *, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, font, font * {
|
||||
font-size: 13pt !important;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Assign Sales Tax Codes to Items</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/sales_tax/basic222.htm">Sales Tax Overview</a> <span style="color: #c0c0c0;">|</span> <a href="../qbpos_company_preferences/sysprefs08.htm">Set Up Sales Tax</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="help-main-topic-links"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">The <a href="../qbpos_glossary_of_terms/glossarypage.htm#glossary_taxcode">tax code</a> assigned to an item determines if and how much sales tax is collected when the item is sold.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">By default, all new items added to inventory are assigned a default tax code based on the <a href="../qbpos_departments/deptsoverview.htm">department</a> to which the item belongs.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">The tax code may be changed for individual items in inventory, as necessary.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To assign an item tax code:</p>
|
||||
<ol>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps"><a href="inven402.htm">Add a new item</a> or select <font class="hcp1">Edit</font> for an existing item.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Navigate to the <font class="hcp1">Tax</font> field in the Basic Info section and select the appropriate tax code from the drop-down list.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Click <font class="hcp1">Save</font>.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_recording_sales_and_returns/receipt1049.htm">Apply Tax to Sales</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/sales_tax/basic_tax_shipping.htm">Collect Tax on Shipping Amounts</a></p>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
47
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven_unitofmeasure.htm
Normal file
47
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven_unitofmeasure.htm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
|
||||
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
|
||||
<title>Units of Measure</title>
|
||||
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="../responsive.css?v=20260110083000" type="text/css">
|
||||
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
span.hcp1 { font-weight:normal; }
|
||||
-->
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
<style type="text/css">
|
||||
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 13PT - V3 */
|
||||
* { font-size: 13pt !important; }
|
||||
body, body *, p, p *, li, li *, ol, ol *, ul, ul *, div, div *, span, span *, td, td *, th, th *, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, font, font * {
|
||||
font-size: 13pt !important;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Units of Measure</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/navigation_find/basic259.htm">Inventory Overview</a></p>
|
||||
<div>
|
||||
<p style="text-align: right; font-family: Arial, sans-serif; font-size: 9pt;
|
||||
color: #800000;"><span style="font-size: 10pt;">Basic</span> </p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">There are two levels of item unit of measure in Point of Sale.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Single Unit of Measure <span class="hcp1">(Basic)</span></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">A unit of measure can be added to item records and can then be used to filter and sort your item list and reports.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">For example, a candy store might define units of measure of "ounces" and "lbs" and then assign one of those units to each of their candy items.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Define the allowed units on the Inventory page of <a href="../qbpos_company_preferences/companyprefs_inventory.htm">company preferences</a>.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Multiple Units of Measure <span class="hcp1">(Pro)</span></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Using multiple units of measure allows you to purchase and sell items by different units. For example, when you purchase an item by the case but sell it by the bottle, or buy in bulk but sell by the pound.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Select the <font style="font-weight: bold;">I Want to set up multiple units of measure</font> check box on the Inventory page in company preferences to enable this feature. Then, on the item record, you can define a base unit of measure and up to three alternate units that you buy or sell by (such as case, six pack, can, 100 lb bag, one pound, etc.). Each unit of measure can have a different UPC code, alternate lookup value, and sales price, allowing you to list any of the units of measure on documents. You can also specify your default purchase and sell-by units.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">If the multiple unit of measure feature is turned off, you still retain the single unit of measure capability.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="inven_uom_multiple.htm">Learn more about using multiple units of measure</a></p>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
|
||||
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
|
||||
<title>Define Multiple Units of Measure</title>
|
||||
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="../responsive.css?v=20260110083000" type="text/css">
|
||||
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
ol.hcp1 { list-style:decimal; }
|
||||
span.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
img.hcp3 { border:none; }
|
||||
ul.hcp4 { list-style:disc; }
|
||||
-->
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
<style type="text/css">
|
||||
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 13PT - V3 */
|
||||
* { font-size: 13pt !important; }
|
||||
body, body *, p, p *, li, li *, ol, ol *, ul, ul *, div, div *, span, span *, td, td *, th, th *, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, font, font * {
|
||||
font-size: 13pt !important;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Define Multiple Units of Measure</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven_unitofmeasure.htm">Overview</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_listing_uom.htm">Use Units of Measure on Documents</a></p>
|
||||
<div>
|
||||
<p style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; text-align: right; font-size: 10pt;
|
||||
color: #800000;">Pro</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;">The use of multiple units of measure allows you to purchase and sell an item in up to four different units (sizes, or pack quantities). For example, you might buy a canned item by the case but sell it by both the case and individual can. You can define a separate UPC, alternate lookup, sales price, and default purchase-by and sell-by units in inventory and Point of Sale will automatically suggest the correct unit on documents.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To define multiple units of measure in inventory:</p>
|
||||
<ol class="hcp1">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Turn on the multiple unit of measure feature and add the various units you are likely to use on the Inventory page of <a href="../qbpos_company_preferences/companyprefs_inventory.htm">company preferences</a>.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">As <a href="inven402.htm">adding</a> or <a href="inven404.htm">editing</a> an item, specify the base unit for the item in the <span class="hcp2">Base Unit</span> field. Select from the units defined in preferences in Step 1 or enter a new unit (it will be added to preferences when you save).</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Indent">It is strongly recommended you make the smallest unit in which you buy or sell the item the base unit. This helps avoid fractional calculations. Other information entered on the main item form (UPC, price and cost, quantities, etc.) should be for your base unit.</p>
|
||||
<ol start="3" class="hcp1">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Click the <span class="hcp2">Units</span> button adjacent to the Base Unit  field. The Units of Measure window is opened.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Indent"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a1">View Example <img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp3"></a></p>
|
||||
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP245558698" style="display: none;">
|
||||
<table style="vertical-align: top;" cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC">
|
||||
<col style="width: 100%;">
|
||||
<tr style="vertical-align: top;">
|
||||
<td style="width: 100%; padding-right: 10px; padding-left: 10px;">
|
||||
<p><img src="../image/inven_muom.gif" alt="Unit of Measure Window" width="461" height="326" border="0" class="hcp3"></p>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<ol start="4" class="hcp1">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Enter each alternate unit of measure. Click the <span class="hcp2">Unit of Measure 1</span>, <span class="hcp2">2</span>, or <span class="hcp2">3</span> labels to expand the section and then enter or select:</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<ul class="hcp4">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted"> <span class="hcp2">Unit</span>: Select from the drop-down list of previously defined units or type a new one.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><span class="hcp2"># of Base Units</span>: How many base units there are in this unit?</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted"> <span class="hcp2">UPC</span> and <span class="hcp2">ALU</span>: Unique values in these fields allow you to list the item in the correct unit by scanning or entering the unique value on documents. If these values are not different for each unit, leave them blank for alternate units.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><span class="hcp2">Regular Price</span>: For selling this unit; click <span class="hcp2">Pricing</span> to add additional markdown price levels.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><span class="hcp2">Average Cost</span> and <span class="hcp2">Quantity on Hand</span> for alternate units are calculated from your base unit values and are not editable for alternate units.  </p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Indent">In this example, the base unit is a 12 oz. bottle and now we are entering a case unit which contains 12 bottles.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Indent"><img src="../image/inven_muom_case.gif" alt="Unit of Measure - Alternate Unit Definition" title="Unit of Measure - Alternate Unit Definition" style="border: none; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; margin-top: 12px; margin-bottom: 12px;" width="457" height="90" border="0"></p>
|
||||
<ol start="5" class="hcp1">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">At the top of the window, specify default order-by and sell-by units. <!--<a href="qbpos:helppopup.21995">Learn
|
||||
more about the default units.<img src="../image/yellow_up.gif" alt="Click to display a popup topic"
|
||||
title="Click to display a popup topic"
|
||||
style="border: none;" width="10"
|
||||
height="12" border="0" /></a>--></p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Indent">If your default order-by unit is different than your base unit, you will be prompted to enter an order cost. Enter the order cost and click <span class="hcp2">OK</span>.</p>
|
||||
<ol start="6" class="hcp1">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Select <span class="hcp2">Close</span> to return to the main item form.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Enter information in other item fields as necessary.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Select <span class="hcp2">Save</span>.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Notes:</p>
|
||||
<ul class="hcp4">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Each unit can only be added once per item. For example, if you selected "case" as the base unit of measure, case will not be available to select as an alternate unit of measure. To use a unit in another position, first remove it from the previous defined position (remove by selecting blank as a unit).</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">If using the Data Import Wizard to import item information, you can import information for your base unit only. If exporting item list information, the base unit information is exported.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Warning"><img src="../image/warning_icon_small.gif" alt="" width="24" height="25" border="0" class="hcp3">  <span class="hcp2">Changing Base Units of Measure:</span>  Use caution if you need to change your base unit of measure after having been in operation for awhile. Review and update <span class="hcp2">all</span> item fields for each of your units after the change, paying particular attention to cost, price, and quantity values. Point of Sale will create adjustment memos for any cost and quantity edits related to the change, but there should be no net change in your inventory value.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;"> </p>
|
||||
<div style="width: 100%; position: relative;" id="footer">
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Note" style="background-color: #f5f5f5;">  Additional online resources. Internet connection required.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a title="POS User Community Web Site - opens in new browser window" href="http://www.qbinproduct.com/community/help/pos" target="_blank">Point of Sale User Community</a> Connect with other Point of Sale users and experts to ask questions and share advice.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a title="POS Support Web Site - opens in a new browser window" href="http://www.quickbooks.com/support" target="_blank">Point of Sale Support Web Site</a> Search our Knowledge Base of frequently asked questions, learn about available updates, or research other support options.</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" language="JavaScript1.2">//<![CDATA[
|
||||
if( typeof( TextPopupInit ) != 'function' ) TextPopupInit = new Function();
|
||||
TextPopupInit('a1','POPUP245558698');
|
||||
//]]></script>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
80
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven_uom_multiple.htm
Normal file
80
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven_uom_multiple.htm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
|
||||
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
|
||||
<title>Multiple Units of Measure</title>
|
||||
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="../responsive.css?v=20260110083000" type="text/css">
|
||||
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
ul.hcp1 { list-style:disc; }
|
||||
-->
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
<style type="text/css">
|
||||
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 13PT - V3 */
|
||||
* { font-size: 13pt !important; }
|
||||
body, body *, p, p *, li, li *, ol, ol *, ul, ul *, div, div *, span, span *, td, td *, th, th *, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, font, font * {
|
||||
font-size: 13pt !important;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Multiple Units of Measure</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="invenvoverview.htm">Inventory Overview</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="../qbpos_company_preferences/companyprefs_inventory.htm">Preferences</a></p>
|
||||
<div>
|
||||
<p style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; text-align: right; font-size: 10pt;
|
||||
color: #800000;">Pro</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">This feature, which is enabled in company preferences, allows purchasing and selling an item in up to four different units of measure (sizes, or pack quantities).</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Info-Line">Examples:</p>
|
||||
<ul class="hcp1">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">You buy bottled water by the case and sell by single bottles or cases.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">You buy animal feed by 50 lb. bags and sell it in 5, 10, and 25 lb. bags.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">You buy fabric by the yard, and sell by the yard and foot.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Info-Line">With multiple units of measure enabled:</p>
|
||||
<ul class="hcp1">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">You can define multiple units for inventory, non-inventory, and service items.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Unit of measure fields and options are added to the item form and other documents and lists.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Each unit of measure can have unique UPC, alternate lookup, and prices associated with it.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">You define a base unit and default order-by and sell-by units. Point of Sale will automatically suggest these defaults when purchasing and selling the item.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Your base unit is used for most inventory values (average cost, quantities, reorder point, etc.) and on reports, though these values are calculated and displayed for alternate units as well.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">You can choose in company preferences to add the transaction unit to the quantity field on printed documents.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">If <a href="../qbposimp/data_import_using.htm">importing</a> item information, you can import the unique information for each of your units.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven_uom_managemultiple.htm">Define multiple units of measure in inventory</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_listing_uom.htm">Use units of measure on documents</a></p>
|
||||
<div style="width: 100%; position: relative;" id="footer">
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Note" style="background-color: #f5f5f5;">  Additional online resources. Internet connection required.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a title="POS User Community Web Site - opens in new browser window" href="http://www.qbinproduct.com/community/help/pos" target="_blank">Point of Sale User Community</a> Connect with other Point of Sale users and experts to ask questions and share advice.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a title="POS Support Web Site - opens in a new browser window" href="http://www.quickbooks.com/support" target="_blank">Point of Sale Support Web Site</a> Search our Knowledge Base of frequently asked questions, learn about available updates, or research other support options.</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
91
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven_viewonorder.htm
Normal file
91
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/inven_viewonorder.htm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
|
||||
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
|
||||
<title>View Quantities on Order</title>
|
||||
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="../responsive.css?v=20260110083000" type="text/css">
|
||||
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
span.hcp1 { color:#c0c0c0; }
|
||||
span.hcp2 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
font.hcp3 { font-weight:bold; }
|
||||
-->
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
<style type="text/css">
|
||||
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 13PT - V3 */
|
||||
* { font-size: 13pt !important; }
|
||||
body, body *, p, p *, li, li *, ol, ol *, ul, ul *, div, div *, span, span *, td, td *, th, th *, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, font, font * {
|
||||
font-size: 13pt !important;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">View Quantities on Order</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="invenvoverview.htm">Inventory Overview</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="../qbpos_purchasing/purchasingoverview.htm">Purchasing Overview</a> <span class="hcp1">|</span> <a href="inven_itemhistory.htm">Item History</a></p>
|
||||
<div style="float: none;">
|
||||
<p style="font-family: Arial, sans-serif; text-align: right; font-size: 10pt;
|
||||
color: #800000;">Pro</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">You can view item quantities currently on order for an item in the <span class="hcp2">On Order</span> column of your item list . You may have to <a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_customizelistcolumns.htm">add this column</a> to the list. You can also initiate the creation of a new purchase order from inventory.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To view on-order quantities:</p>
|
||||
<ul style="list-style: disc;">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="margin-left: -20px;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Display your item list and sort, search or filter to find an item.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Indent">The current quantity on order is displayed in the <font class="hcp3">On Order</font> column.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Indent"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Indent"><img src="../image/inven_onorder.gif" alt="image\inven_onorder.gif" title="image\inven_onorder.gif" width="458" height="64" border="0"></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Indent"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">(Pro) You can also view on-order quantities and a list of pending purchase orders from the <a href="inven_avblqty_wndw.htm">Available Quantity</a> window in inventory.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Info-Line">To initiate a new PO from inventory:</p>
|
||||
<ol start="1">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Display the item or items you wish to order.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<ul>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="list-style: disc;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted">Select <span class="hcp2">Out of Stock Items</span> or <span class="hcp2">Items to Reorder</span> from the drop-down filter at the top of the window, or</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="list-style: disc;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/navigation_find/basic_find_item.htm">Search</a> for items by keyword, or</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Bulleted" style="list-style: disc;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Bulleted"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic261.htm">Sort or scroll</a> to find item(s)</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ul>
|
||||
<ol start="2">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Select the items to be ordered from the displayed items. <a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_list_multiselect.htm.htm">How do I select multiple items?<img src="../image/yellow_up.gif" alt="Click to display a popup topic" title="Click to display a popup topic" style="border: none;" width="10" height="12" border="0"></a></p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Indent" style="font-style: italic;"> Tip: Select only those to be ordered from the same vendor at one time. One PO will be made with all selected items.  </p>
|
||||
<ol start="2">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps"> Select <font class="hcp3">Order Items</font> from the I Want To menu.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Indent">A new purchase order is opened with the item(s) already listed.</p>
|
||||
<ol start="3">
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Complete and save the <a href="../qbpos_purchasing/po602.htm">purchase order</a> in the normal manner, adjusting the order quantity and cost, and adding other items, as necessary.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Select <span class="hcp2">Go Back</span> to return to inventory.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
<li class="p-Help-Steps" style="font-size: 9pt;">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Steps">Repeat for other items if necessary.</p>
|
||||
</li>
|
||||
</ol>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
99
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/invenvoverview.htm
Normal file
99
QB_Help_Web/POS_Help/qbpos_inventory/invenvoverview.htm
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
|
||||
<meta name="MS-HAID" content="Inventory">
|
||||
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
|
||||
<title>Inventory Overview</title>
|
||||
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="../responsive.css?v=20260110083000" type="text/css">
|
||||
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
img.hcp1 { border:none; }
|
||||
td.hcp2 { padding-right:10px;
|
||||
padding-left:10px; }
|
||||
-->
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
<style type="text/css">
|
||||
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 13PT - V3 */
|
||||
* { font-size: 13pt !important; }
|
||||
body, body *, p, p *, li, li *, ol, ol *, ul, ul *, div, div *, span, span *, td, td *, th, th *, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, font, font * {
|
||||
font-size: 13pt !important;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Inventory Overview</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links" style="margin-top: 2.00pt;"><a class="dropspot" href="javascript:TextPopup(this)" id="a1">How do I?<img src="../image/expand_icon.GIF" alt="Click to expand/collapse topic" title="Click to expand/collapse topic" width="11" height="11" border="0" class="hcp1"></a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="../qbpos_getting_started/gstarted_documentsdefined.htm">How Documents Affect Inventory</a> <font color="#C0C0C0">|</font> <a href="inven436.htm">About Item Types</a></p>
|
||||
<div class="droptext" id="POPUP246056665" style="display: none;">
|
||||
<table style="vertical-align: top;" cellspacing="0" bgcolor="#FFFFEC">
|
||||
<col style="width: 52.164%;">
|
||||
<col style="width: 47.836%;">
|
||||
<tr style="vertical-align: top;">
|
||||
<td style="width:52.164%;" class="hcp2">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-size: 9pt;"><a href="inven402.htm">Add an item</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-size: 9pt;"><a href="../qbpos_getting_started/gstarted_importitems.htm">Import items<img src="../image/yellow_up.gif" alt="Click to display a popup topic" width="10" height="12" border="0" class="hcp1"></a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-size: 9pt;"><a href="inven404.htm">Edit an item</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven406.htm">Delete</a> or <a href="inven_mergeitems.htm">merge items</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven434.htm">User reorder points</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/navigation_find/basic_find_general.htm">Find an item</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_customizelistcolumns.htm">Add item list columns</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic262.htm">Filter the item list</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbposimp/export_datawizard.htm">Export my item list</a></p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:47.836%;" class="hcp2">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-size: 9pt;"><a href="inven435.htm">Use service items</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-size: 9pt;"><a href="inven_reminders.htm">View inventory reminders</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-size: 9pt;"><a href="inven_itemhistory.htm">View an item's history</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-size: 9pt;"><a href="inven410.htm">Track item price and cost</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-size: 9pt;"><a href="../qbpos_price_manager/pricemgroverview.htm">Use Price Manager</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-size: 9pt;"><a href="../qbpos_adjustments/memo1303.htm">Adjust cost or quantity</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-size: 9pt;"><a href="../qbpos_physical_inventory/pi_basicsteps.htm">Take a physical inventory</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="font-size: 9pt;"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/printing/basic_taginstructions.htm">Print price tags</a></p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">The Point of Sale inventory is designed to help you easily define, track, view, and edit your items in a convenient, accurate, and efficient manner. Each row in your item list represents a unique inventory item, service, or fee. Transactions such as receiving and selling merchandise instantly update your inventory quantities and costs.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Your item list stores all item information, including on-hand quantities, costs, price(s), UPC numbers, tax status, reorder points, and much more.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Related-Topics"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven403.htm">Item Definitions</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_getting_started/gstarted_importitems.htm">Import items</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links" style="margin-top: 2.00pt;"><a href="inven_reports.htm">Inventory reports</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links" style="margin-top: 2.00pt;"><a href="../qbpos_secadmin/secadmin01.htm#secadmin_midtopic_09">Security rights for inventory</a></p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links"><a href="../qbpos_basic_procedures/basic_liststats.htm">View item list summary statistics</a></p>
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Main-Topic-Links" style="margin-top: 2.00pt;"><a href="../qbpos_qb_data_exchange/financialexchange_itemaccounts.htm">Define QuickBooks Desktop item accounts</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Point of Sale Free</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">References to entering or tracking inventory quantities or costs and related features, such as margin/markup and price levels, do not apply to you.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-2">Multi-Store Notes</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">All item quantities at all stores comprise a single inventory, with Headquarters having central control over that inventory. Point of Sale tracks the quantities of each item located at each store within that inventory. Transactions update inventory at the local store. When the next Store Exchange of information is completed, all stores and Headquarters are updated with the updated inventory information, reflecting activity at all stores. If you also use QuickBooks Desktop financial software, transactions are sent to QuickBooks Desktop so that your inventory valuation and related financial records are updated.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Inventory items and related files (departments, vendors, costs, prices etc.) can only be added or edited at Headquarters. Remote stores can view this information and use it to process transactions, but cannot edit the item information.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><font style="font-style: italic;">Exception:</font> <a href="../qbpos_customer_orders/custorder_specialorder.htm">Special order items</a> can be created and ordered by remote stores, typically done while creating a <a href="../qbpos_customer_orders/custorder_create.htm">customer order</a>. The special order item is sent to Headquarters on the first transactional document listing it. Headquarters can make a special order item a permanent addition to inventory by <a href="inven_convert_specialorder.htm">converting it to an inventory item</a>. Allowing remote stores to create special order items introduces the possibility of creating items with duplicate UPC or Alternate Lookups. Headquarters is alerted to and can fix duplicate items from the <a href="inven_reminders_dupitems.htm">duplicate item reminders</a> screen.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Remote stores can be made aware of new items added at Headquarters via the <a href="inven_reminder_newitems.htm"><font color="#0000FF">new items reminders</font></a> screen.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Related-Topics"> </p>
|
||||
<div style="width: 100%; position: relative;" id="footer">
|
||||
<p> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Note" style="background-color: #f5f5f5;"><img src="../image/lightningbolt_shg.gif" alt="This symbol indicates that an Internet connection is required." title="This symbol indicates that an Internet connection is required." width="9" height="15" border="0" class="hcp1">  Additional online resources. Internet connection required.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a title="POS User Community Web Site - opens in new browser window" href="http://www.qbinproduct.com/community/help/pos" target="_blank">Point of Sale User Community</a> Connect with other Point of Sale users and experts to ask questions and share advice.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a title="POS Support Web Site - opens in a new browser window" href="http://www.quickbooks.com/support" target="_blank">Point of Sale Support Web Site</a> Search our Knowledge Base of frequently asked questions, learn about available updates, or research other support options.</p>
|
||||
</div>
|
||||
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" language="JavaScript1.2">//<![CDATA[
|
||||
if( typeof( TextPopupInit ) != 'function' ) TextPopupInit = new Function();
|
||||
TextPopupInit('a1','POPUP246056665');
|
||||
//]]></script>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
|
||||
|
||||
<!doctype HTML public "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN">
|
||||
<html>
|
||||
<head>
|
||||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=windows-1252">
|
||||
|
||||
<meta name="generator" content="Adobe RoboHelp 2019">
|
||||
<title>Using Margin/Markup to Update Prices</title>
|
||||
<link rel="StyleSheet" href="../qbpos.css" type="text/css">
|
||||
<link rel="stylesheet" href="../responsive.css?v=20260110083000" type="text/css">
|
||||
|
||||
<style title="hcp" type="text/css">
|
||||
<!--
|
||||
tr.hcp1 { vertical-align:top; }
|
||||
td.hcp2 { padding-left:1px;
|
||||
padding-top:1px;
|
||||
padding-right:1px;
|
||||
padding-bottom:1px; }
|
||||
font.hcp3 { font-weight:bold;
|
||||
text-decoration:underline; }
|
||||
-->
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
<style type="text/css">
|
||||
/* FORCE ALL FONTS TO 13PT - V3 */
|
||||
* { font-size: 13pt !important; }
|
||||
body, body *, p, p *, li, li *, ol, ol *, ul, ul *, div, div *, span, span *, td, td *, th, th *, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, font, font * {
|
||||
font-size: 13pt !important;
|
||||
}
|
||||
</style>
|
||||
|
||||
</head>
|
||||
<body>
|
||||
<script type="text/javascript" src="../ehlpdhtm.js" language="JavaScript1.2"></script>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<p class="Help-Heading-1" style="background-color: #008000;">Using Margin/Markup to Update Prices</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="inven_priceformula.htm">Department Pricing Formulas</a> <span style="color: #c0c0c0;">|</span> <a href="inven410.htm">Enter Cost and Price</a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">When an item is received at a new cost, the item prices in inventory are not automatically updated (unless the previous regular price = $0, as would be the case for a new item). Point of Sale will alert you that the cost has changed, but revising your prices to reflect the new cost is at your discretion.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Since the cost has changed, Point of Sale does recalculate and display new <a href="inven_avgunitcost.htm">average unit costs</a> and margin/markup values on the item record. You can use the margin/markup values to see at a glance your profit margin on the item and to quickly adjust the prices to maintain your desired margin.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><font style="font-weight: bold;">Example:</font></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">You have five units on hand with an average unit cost of $5.00 and priced at $10 to deliver a profit margin of 50%. You reorder and receive five additional units on a receiving voucher, costing $6.00 each. Point of Sale alerts you that the cost has changed, but does not automatically update the item price. The new average unit cost ($5.50) and margin/markup are calculated and displayed as shown below.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">You have the option to update your price(s) or not. One way to quickly update the price and maintain your profit level is to edit the margin or markup back to their original values on the item record. In the example below, editing the margin back to 50% results in a new regular price of $11.00.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
<table style="margin-left: 6.75pt;" cellspacing="0" width="351">
|
||||
<col style="width: 26.524%;">
|
||||
<col style="width: 21.021%;">
|
||||
<col style="width: 20.736%;">
|
||||
<col style="width: 31.719%;">
|
||||
<tr class="hcp1">
|
||||
<td style="width:26.524%;" class="hcp2">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;"> </p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:21.021%;" bgcolor="#E6E6E6" class="hcp2">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;"><font class="hcp3">Old</font></p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:20.736%;" bgcolor="#E6E6E6" class="hcp2">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;"><font class="hcp3">New</font></p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:31.719%;" bgcolor="#E6E6E6" class="hcp2">
|
||||
<p style="font-weight: bold; text-decoration: underline;">After margin edit</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="hcp1">
|
||||
<td style="width:26.524%;" bgcolor="#E6E6E6" class="hcp2">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: right;">Quantity</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:21.021%;" class="hcp2">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">5</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:20.736%;" class="hcp2">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">10</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:31.719%;" class="hcp2">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">10</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="hcp1">
|
||||
<td style="width:26.524%;" bgcolor="#E6E6E6" class="hcp2">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: right;">Unit Cost</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:21.021%;" class="hcp2">
|
||||
<p style="text-align: center;">5.00</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:20.736%;" class="hcp2">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">5.50</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:31.719%;" class="hcp2">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">5.50</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="hcp1">
|
||||
<td style="width:26.524%;" bgcolor="#E6E6E6" class="hcp2">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: right;">Regular Price</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:21.021%;" class="hcp2">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">10.00</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:20.736%;" class="hcp2">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">10.00</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:31.719%;" class="hcp2">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">11.00</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="hcp1">
|
||||
<td style="width:26.524%;" bgcolor="#E6E6E6" class="hcp2">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: right;">Margin %</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:21.021%;" class="hcp2">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">50</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:20.736%;" class="hcp2">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">45</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:31.719%;" class="hcp2">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center; color: #ff0000;">50</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
<tr class="hcp1">
|
||||
<td style="width:26.524%;" bgcolor="#E6E6E6" class="hcp2">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: right;">Markup %</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:21.021%;" class="hcp2">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">100</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:20.736%;" class="hcp2">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">82</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
<td style="width:31.719%;" class="hcp2">
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="text-align: center;">100</p>
|
||||
</td>
|
||||
</tr>
|
||||
</table>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text" style="margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0;"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">Dont forget to print new price tags!</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_departments/dept_markupcalc.htm">My markup value sometimes changes right after I enter it. Why?<img src="../image/yellow_up.gif" alt="Click to display a popup topic" title="Click to display a popup topic" style="border: none;" width="10" height="12" border="0"></a></p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text">If you use <a href="inven_pricelevels.htm">markdown price levels</a>, the price at each level is also recalculated automatically anytime your regular price is changed.</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"> </p>
|
||||
<p class="Related-Topics">Related Topics</p>
|
||||
<p class="Help-Text"><a href="../qbpos_receiving/voucher_updateprices.htm">Update prices when receiving items</a></p>
|
||||
</body>
|
||||
</html>
|
||||
Reference in New Issue
Block a user